Final Merge Sd1

Seat No -
Total number of questions : 60
11663_STRUCTURAL DESIGN I
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
1) All questions are Multiple Choice Questions having single correct option.
2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.
3) Use of calculator is allowed.
4) Each question carries 1 Mark.
5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.
6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.
7) Use only black/blue ball point pen to darken the appropriate circle.
8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.
9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.
10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.
Q.no 1. Internal Pressure coefficient for large pearmeability
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 2. Effective length of column fixed at both end as per IS 800 shall be
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
Q.no 3. The web is susceptible to shear buckling when d/tw

A : Less than 67ε
B : Less than 2×67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε
Q.no 4. Splices are provided when
A : available length is more than required length of a tension member
B : available length is less than required length of a tension member
C : available length is equal to required length of a tension member
D : for aesthetic appearance
Q.no 5. for gantry girders carrying electrically operated overhead travelling

cranes, the vertical forces transferred to the rails are increased by
A : 10 percent of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
B : 5 percent of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
C : 25 percent of maximum static wheel load
D : 10 percent of maximum static wheel load
Q.no 6. A closely spaced beams supporting floors or roofs of building but not
supporting the other beams is termed as
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
Q.no 7. For gantry girders carrying electrically operated overhead travelling

cranes, the lateral forces are increased for impact loads are
A : 10 % of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
B : 20 % of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
C : 25 % of maximum static wheel load
D : 50 % of maximum static wheel load

Q.no 8. Internal Pressure coefficient for normal pearmeability
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 9. What are laterally restrained beams
A : adequate restraints are provided to beam
B : adequate restraints are not provided to beam
C : economically not viable
D : unstable beams
Q.no 10. for simply supported girder the maximum permitted deflection is
A : 1/325 of span
B : 1/350 of the span
C : 1/375 of the span
D : 1/400 of the span
Q.no 11. The beam to beam connection by means of an angle at the bottom and an
angle at the top , is known as
A : Unstiffened seated connection
B : Stiffened seated connection
C : Seated connection
D : None of the above
Q.no 12. What is the permissible stress of steel in bending compression in

Working Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy
Q.no 13. The value of beta (βb) in the equation of design bending strength for
plastic section is given by
A : 1.5
B:2
C:1
D : 0.5
Q.no 14. In case of staggered pitch, pitch may be increased by
A : 0.5
B : 0.2
C : 0.3
D : 0.1
Q.no 15. The moment capacity of semi-compact section for V more than 0.6Vd is
given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
D : Md = Ze fy / γm0
Q.no 16. As per IS specification, splice connection should be designed for a force
of
A : at least 0.3 times the member design capacity in tension
B : at least 0.1 times the member design capacity in tension
C : less than 0.3 times the member design capacity in tension
D : less than 0.15 times the member design capacity in tension
Q.no 17. The outstand of web stiffener from the face of the web should not exceed
-----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
Q.no 18. the modes of failure of plate girder are
A : by yielding of compression flange only
B : by buckling of tension flange
C : by yielding of tension flange and buckling of compression flange
D : by yielding of compression flange and buckling of tension flange
Q.no 19. Internal Pressure coefficient for zero pearmeability
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 20. At least one horizontal stiffener should be placed in the plate girder in
which the thickness of the web is less than
A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4
Q.no 21. In case of angle sections, how much excess force, above the force in
outstanding leg of the main angle, lug angles and their connection to gusset plate
should capable to develop:
A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
Q.no 22. In the theory of plastic bending of beams, the ratio of plastic moment to
yield moment is called
A : shape factor
B : plastic section modulus
C : modulus of resilience
D : rigidity modulus
Q.no 23. Calculate strength in shear of 16 mm diameter of bolt of grade 4.6 for lap
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
Q.no 24. For eccentrically loaded columns, the bending factor is
A : Cross-sectional area of column/Radius of gyration
B : Radius of gyration/Cross-sectional area of column
C : Cross-sectional area of column/Section modulus of the section
D : Section modulus of the section/Cross-sectional area of column
Q.no 25. The moment capacity of plastic section for V more than 0.6Vd is given by
A : Mdv = Md – β(Md – Mfd)
B : Mdv = Md + β(Md – Mfd)
C : Mdv = Md – β(Md + Mfd)
D : Mdv = Md + β(Md + Mfd)
Q.no 26. The possibility of block shear failure increases by
A : larger connection length
B : increasing the number of bolts per connection
C : with use of low strength bolts

D : with use of high bearing strength material
Q.no 27. A single angle section 75X60X8 is connected with gusset plate with 5 bolts
of 20 mm diameter in one line at pitch of 50 mm and edge distance of 30 mm.
What is the design tensile strength of the section for rupture of net section?
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
Q.no 28. Which of the following format is used in limit state method?
A : Single safety factor
B : Multiple safety factor
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
Q.no 29. The maximum shear force for a 8m span girder when it is subjected to
two wheel loads 241.5 kN each with spacing of 3.5m between them will be
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
Q.no 30. The web crippling due to excessive bearing strength can be avoided by
A : increase the web thickness
B : providing suitable thickness
C : increasing the length of bearing plates
D : decreasing the length of bearing plates
Q.no 31. The thickness of the lacing bar for double lacing should not be less than:
A : 1/30th of effective length of the lacing bar
B : 1/40th of effective length of the lacing bar

C : 1/50th of effective length of the lacing bar
D : 1/60th of effective length of the lacing bar
Q.no 32. What is yield stress of grade 4.6 bolt
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
Q.no 33. The partial factor of safety for resistance governed by yielding is :
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
Q.no 34. The factor K1 is depend upon
A : Life span and basic wind speed
B : terrain, height and size of structure
C : Topography of site
D : Roofing material used
Q.no 35. The crippling strength of web at supports is given by
A : Fcrip = (b+n1)fyw
B : Fcrip = (b+n1) t
C : Fcrip = (b+n1)/fywt
D : Fcrip = (b+n1)fywt
Q.no 36. Tie member are designed for
A : Compression
B : Tension
C : Compression + bending
D : Tension + Shear
Q.no 37. In welded plate girder flanges are designed for
A : Flexure only
B : Flexure and torsional moment
C : Flexure and shear
D : Shear only
Q.no 38. What is Ultimate stress of grade 4.6 bolt
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
Q.no 39. What is the minimum required area of a base plate subjected to factored
axial compressive load of 1200 kN resting on a concrete pedestal of grade M20
A : 2333 square cm
B : 4333 square cm
C : 1333 square cm
D : 3333 square cm
Q.no 40. the depth to thickness ratio of web connected to flanges along both
longitudinal edges, when transverse stiffeners are not provided will be ( to meet
serviciabilty criteria)
A : less than or equal to 180ε
B : less than or equal to 200ε
C : More than or equal to 200ε
D : less than or equal to 270ε
Q.no 41. A welded plate girder is having Flanges 560 mm x 50 mm and web 1800
mm x 12 mm. What is its section modulus of flanges?
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
Q.no 42. What is the minimum pitch distance?
A : 2.0 x nominal diameter of fastener
B : 3.0 x nominal diameter of fastener
C : 1.5 x nominal diameter of fastener
D : 2.5 x nominal diameter of fastener
Q.no 43. The minimum size of fillet weld should
A : not be less than 3mm
B : be less than 3mm
C : be less than 2mm
D : greater than thickness of thinner part joined
Q.no 44. Self weight of 21 m span roof truss will be
A : 103.33 N per square meter
B : 110 N per square meter
C : 120 N per square meter
D : 210 N per square meter
Q.no 45. A single ISA 100 x 75 x 10 is connected (longer leg) with gusset plate using
5 bolts of 20 mm diameter in one line at pitch of 50 mm and edge distance of 30
mm. What is the Design tensile strength due to block shear failure? (Assume
gauge distance = 50 mm)
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
Q.no 46. In a single laced column system a tie plate of length 300 mm is used at the
end of the column. The minimum thickness of the tie plate should be
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
Q.no 47. For which of the following conditions rigid connection is required
A : Fixed beam supported by girder
B : Cantilever beam supported by girder
C : Overhanging beam
D : overhanging beam supported by girder
Q.no 48. for gantry girders, to resist impact load, the horizontal forces along the
rails are increased by
C : 25 percentof maximum static wheel load
Q.no 49. A batten column is carrying a factored load of 800 kN. Two channel
section are placed back to back with a spacing of 190 mm. Assume gauge length of
50 mm and number of parallel plane of batten as 2. If the spacing of battens. C =
1300 mm, longitudinal shear and moment on the batten are
A : 40 kN and 6.5 kN-m
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
Q.no 50. A welded plate girder is subjected to maximum bending moment of 11448
kNm. Optimum thickness of web considering k = 180, will be
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
Q.no 51. A column is subjected to factored axial load of 500 kN. The total
transverse shear to be resisted by lacing will be
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
Q.no 52. Why is double cover butt joint preferred over single cover butt joint or
lap joint?
A : bolts are in single shear
B : eliminates eccentricity
C : bending in bolts
D : shear force is not transmitted
Q.no 53. As compared to structures designed using plastic analysis those designed
using elastic analysis may be
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
D : almost half times the weight
Q.no 54. A column consists of ISMB 300 section carries service load of 120 kN at an
eccentricity of 50 mm about major axis. Bending moment about major axis in kN
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
Q.no 55. Moment resistant connections transfer i) Moments ii) Axial force iii)
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
Q.no 56. The maximum bending moment for a 8m span girder when it is subjected
to two wheel loads 241.5 kN each with spacing of 3.5m between them will be
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
B : 76.66 N per square meter
C : 65.6 N per square meter
D : 86.66 N per square meter
Q.no 58. Which of the following buckling does not occur in beam
A : lateral buckling of whole beam
B : local buckling of web
C : local buckling of flanges
D : longitudinal buckling of web
Q.no 59. A single unequal angle 100 x 75 x 10 of Fe410 grade of steel is connected
to a 10mm thick gusset plate at the ends with six 16mm diameter bolts with pitch
of 40mm to transfer tension. Find the tensile strength due to net section rupture
if gusset is connected to 100mm leg.
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
Q.no 60. Calculate the tensile strength due to gross section yielding of an angle
section 125 x 75 x 10mm of Fe410 grade of steel connected with a gusset plate.
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
Q.no 1. The surge load on gantry girder is generated due to
A : Vertical load generated by weight of crane
B : Breaking or acceleration of crane
C : Breaking or acceleration of trolly
D : none of the above
Q.no 2. If the section is classified as semi compact, value of beta in design bending
moment equation is equal to
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
Q.no 3. As per IS 800:2007 thickness of slab base should not be less than
A : thickness of web of column section
B : thickness of flange of column section
C : thickness of cleat angle
D : It does not depend on anything
Q.no 4. Effective slenderness ratio of laced column shall be
A : equal to the maximum slenderness ratio of column
B : 1.05 times the maximum slenderness ratio of column
C : 0.5 times the maximum slenderness ratio of column
D : 2 times the maximum slenderness ratio of column
Q.no 5. In case of axially loaded column machined for full bearing, the fastening
connecting the column to base plate in gusseted base are designed for
A : 100% column load
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load
D : Erection load only
Q.no 6. the surge loads in gantry girders are
A : the gravity loads
B : the lateral loads
C : the longitudinal loads
Q.no 7. What is the shear lag width for ISA 100 x 75 x 10 in case of bolt
connection? (Outstanding leg is shorter side, assume gauge distance = 45 mm)
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
Q.no 9. what is the maximum vertical deflection allowed for a gantry girder
subjected to other moving loads such as charging cars etc.
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
Q.no 10. The beam column flexible connections are expected to resist and
transfer
A : only shear
B : only moment
C : both shear and moment
D : 50 percentage of shear and moment
Q.no 11. Internal Pressure coefficient for medium pearmeability
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 12. In bolted moment end plate connection, bending moment, axial force,
and shear force are transferred by
A : Tension only
B : Compression only
C : Tension and compression
D : Friction
Q.no 13. High strength bolt is used for
A : shear connection
B : slip resistant connection only
C : bearing type connection only
D : both slip resistant and bearing type connection
Q.no 14. For a single angle unequal angle tie member, the leg preferred for
making connection is the:
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
C : Longer and Shorter
D : Longer if bolted, shorter if welded.
Q.no 15. If the building is to have 3.5 percent opening, it is
A : Normal Permeabilty
B : Medium Permeabilty
C : Large Permeability
D : Heavy Permeabilty
D : unstable beams
Q.no 17. In how many parts Plastic neutral axis divides the cross section
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these
Q.no 18. For combine check of compression and bending, the ratio of applied
force and bending to permissible force and bending moment should be
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
C : less than or equal to 1
D : more than 2
Q.no 19. Which of the following relation is correct?
A : Net area = Gross area x deductions
B : Net area = Gross area + deductions
C : Net area = Gross area – deductions
D : Net area = Gross area / deductions
Q.no 20. Shear buckling of web in a plate girder is prevented by using
A : Vertical intermidiate stiffener
B : Horizontal stiffener at NA
C : Bearing Stiffener
Q.no 21. Purlins are designed for
A : Compression
B : Tension
C : Uniaxial Bending
D : Biaxial bending
Q.no 22. Maximum radius of gyration (minimum slenderness ratio) can be

obtained
A : by increasing load
B : by spreading material of section towards its axis
C : by spreading material of section away from its axis
D : by spreading material of section at its axis
Q.no 23. Which of the following factors is included in the limit state of
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture
B : Fracture due to fatigue
C : Failure by excessive deformation
D : Deformation and deflection adversely affecting appearance or effective use of

structure
Q.no 24. Simple connections are used to transmit
A : forces
B : Moments
C : Stresses
D : Both force and moments
Q.no 25. For members placed back-to-back, the spacing of bolt should not exceed
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
Q.no 26. Sling are designed for
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
Q.no 27. the live load for a sloping roof with slope 9 degrees where access is
provided to roof will be
A : 0.75 kN per square meter
B : 1.5 kN per square meter
C : 0.8 kN per square meter
D : 0.45 kN per square meter
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
Q.no 29. Principal rafter are designed for
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
Q.no 30. the live load for a sloping roof with slope 15 degrees where access is not
Q.no 31. Column footing is provided
A : To spread the column load over a larger area
B : to ensure the intensity of bearing pressure between the column footing and soil
does not exceed permissible bearing capacity of the soil
C : to distribute the column load over soil through the column footing
D : All of the above
Q.no 32. Intermidiate vertical stiffeners are provided in plate girders to
A : eliminate the web buckling
B : transfer concentrated loads
C : eliminate local buckling
D : prevent excessive deflection
Q.no 33. A welded plate girder with transverse stiffeners at support only, is
having Flanges 560 mm x 50 mm and web 1800 mm x 12 mm. What is the shear
force corrosponding to web buckling in kN?
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
Q.no 35. Base plate of size 400 mm x 350 mm is subjected to factored axial
compressive load of 1000 kN, what is the upward soil pressure
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa
Q.no 36. Which of the following is a method for providing effective lateral
restraints (i) by embedding compression flange inside slab concrete
(ii) by providing shear connectors in compression flange
(iii) by bracing compression flanges of adjacent beams
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
Q.no 39. The thickness of the base plate is determined from
A : Flexural strenth of the plate
B : Shear strength of the plate
C : Bearing strength of the concrete pedestal
D : Punching criteria
A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
Q.no 41. The most critical location for failure due to web crippling is
A : flange cross section
B : middle of web
C : start of fillet
D : root of fillet
Q.no 42. The web crippling in steel beam occur due to
A : Column actionof compression flange
B : Failure web under heavy concentrated load
C : Excessive bending moment
D : Secondary bending moment
Q.no 43. The effective depth when top flanges are restrained against lateral
deflection and rotation is
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
kNm. Optimum depth of web considering k = 180, will be
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
Q.no 45. An axial loaded column is supported on a slab base whose projection is
30 mm. If the intensity of pressure from concrete is 8.96 N/mm2 the thickness (t)
of the slab base, is
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 103.33 N per squar meter
B : 333.11 N per squar meter
C : 303.33 N per squar meter
D : 133.33 N per squar meter
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
Q.no 49. Gantry girders can be designed 1) as laterally supported beams 2) as

laterally unsupported beams 3) using channel sections only
A : only 1 is correct
B : 1 and 2 are correct
C : 1,2 and 3 are correct
D : 2 and 3 are correct
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
Q.no 51. What is value of K for effective throat thickness of the fillet weld if the
angle between two fusion faces is 103 degree
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
mm x 12 mm. What is the classification of flanges?
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
Q.no 54. The maximum bending moment for a 8m span gantry girder when it will
carry factored uniform self weight of 3.45 kN/m , will be
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
Q.no 55. If design wind speed is 41.83 m/s, design wind pressure will be
Q.no 56. What is the minimum imposed load on roof trusses as per IS code?
Q.no 57. When there is no shear buckling,
A : Vp is equal to Vn
B : Vp is more than Vn
C : Vp is less than Vn
D : Vp is equal to 2Vn
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
Q.no 60. Two plates of thickness 16 mm and 22 mm are connected with fillet weld.
What should be the minimum size of weld?
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
Q.no 1. when only transverse stiffeneers are provided and web is connected to
flanges along both longitudinal edges, web is considered as unstiffened , when c/d
is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.
Q.no 2. A beam section is provided on the basis of (i) section modulus, (ii)
deflection, (iii) shear
A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii
Q.no 3. For design of column subjected to axial compressive force and bending
moment, which of the following is true
A : Check only for axial compression
B : Check only for bending moment
C : Combine check for compression and bending
D : Non of these
Q.no 4. The centre to centre distance of adjacent rivets or bolt holes measured in
the direction of stress
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
D : Nominal diameter
Q.no 5. The effective length of a structural steel compression member of length L

effectively held in position and restrained against rotation at one end but neither
held in position nor restrained against rotation at the other end, is:
A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
Q.no 6. What is the effective length of column when both ends of compression
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4
Q.no 8. The value of beta (βb) in the equation of design bending strength for semi-
compact section is given by
A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp
Q.no 9. web crippling generally occurs at the point where
A : Bending moment is maximum
B : shearing force is minimum
C : Concentrated load acts
D : deflection is maximum
A : 1/325 of span
Q.no 11. The clear spacing between effective lengths of intermittent welds should
not be
A : less than 16t in case of tension joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
B : less than 12t in case of compression joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
C : less than 20t in case of tension joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
D : less than 20t in case of compression joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
Q.no 12. when second longitudinal stiffener is provided, depth to thickness ratio
serviciability criteria is
Q.no 13. Lug angles are found to be more effective at

A : end of the connection
B : middle of connection
C : beginning of connection
D : they are equally effective at all connections
Q.no 14. In a gussted base, the critical section for considering the thickness of
base plate is
A : At center of base plate
B : At root of gusset angle
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these
-----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
Q.no 16. The maximum slenderness ratio for a steel member carrying
compressive loads resulting from dead loads and imposed loads is:
A : 145
B : 180
C : 350
D : 400
A : 1.5
B:2
C:1
D : 0.5
Q.no 18. To ensure that compression flange of beam is restrained from moving
laterally, the cross section must be
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
C : Semi compacted section
D : Slender section
Q.no 19. Which of the following is correct?
A : Size of hole = nominal diameter of bolt - clearances
B : Size of hole = nominal diameter of bolt x clearances
C : Size of hole = nominal diameter of bolt / clearances
D : Size of hole = nominal diameter of bolt + clearances
Q.no 21. A welded plate girder is to carry a factored moment of 5000 kNm and a
depth of web as 1400mm. Suggest appropreate size of flange plates
A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm
Q.no 22. As per IS 800:2007 , the cross section in which extreme fibre can reach the
yield stress, but can not develop the plastic moment of resistance due to failure
by local buckling is classified as
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
Q.no 23. While designing, for a steel colunmn of Fe250 grade, a base plate resting
on a concrete pedestal of M25 grade the bearing strength of concrete (in N/mm^2)
in limit state method of design is
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
Q.no 26. In a gusseted base, when the end of the column is machined for complete
bearing on the base plate, then the axial load is assumed to be transferred to base
plate
A : Fully by direct bearing
B : Fully through fastenings
C : 50% by direct bearing and 50% through fastenings
D : 75% by direct bearing and 25% through fastenings

Q.no 27. Which of the following connections can be used for Beam to Beam
connections?
A : Pin connections
B : Moment Resistant connections
C : Simple connections
D : Complex connections
Q.no 28. Which column base is prefered for lightly loaded axial column
A : Grillage foundation
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
D : Moment resisting base
Q.no 29. For simply supported beams, the maximum permitted deflection, is
A : 1/325 of the span
Q.no 30. A built-up double laced column is 9 m long and one end of the column is
fixed and other end is free. The effective length of the laced column will be
A:9m
B : 18 m
C : 18.9 m
D : 19.8 m
Q.no 31. The maximum number of bolts of diameter 20 mm that can be

accomodated in one row in 210 mm wide flat are:
A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
Q.no 32. As per IS 800 – 2007 code, the maximum permissible value for
slenderness ratio of lacing bars is
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
Q.no 33. When the ratio of the moment M to axial load P is greater than L/6, the
resultant of the compressive bearing pressure which acts at a distance Y from one
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)
Q.no 34. What is web crippling
A : web is of large thickness
B : flange near portion of stress concentration tends to fold over web
C : web near portion of stress concentration tends to fold over flange
D : flange is of large thickness
Q.no 35. The beam to column connections which allows free rotation of the beam
end are termed as
A : Shear Connections
B : Moment connections
C : Shear and Moment connection
D : Seat Connection
Q.no 36. What is the value of partial factor of safety for material α for
preliminary design for angle section as per IS code for three bolts in connection?
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
Q.no 37. In practice, secondary beams are connected to main beams by
A : web cleats
B : Bolts
C : Seating angle
D : Web cleats and bolts
Q.no 38. which of the following load combination is not considered for design of
roof truss
A : Dead load + crane load
B : Dead Load + wind Load
C : Dead Load + Earthquake load
D : Dead Load + live load + wind load
Q.no 39. The surge load is assumed to be resisted by the
A : whole cross section
B : Compression flange alone
C : compression and tension flanges
D : cross section above neutral axis
Q.no 40. Which of the following is not true?
A : spacing of tack bolt should be less than 600 mm
B : spacing of tack bolt should be greater than 600 mm
C : if bolts are used, they should be spaced longitudinally at less than 4 times the bolt
diameter
D : connection should extend at least 1.5 times the width of the member
Q.no 41. What is elastic critical moment

A : bending moment at which beam do not fail by lateral buckling
B : bending moment at which beam fails by lateral buckling
C : shear force at which beam do not fail by lateral buckling
D : shear force at which beam fails by lateral buckling
Q.no 42. If the ultimate stress of the fillet weld is 400 MPa and the effective throat
thickness is 4.5 mm then what is the strength of the weld in case of site welding?
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
Q.no 43. for gantry girders carrying hand operated overhead travelling cranes,
the vertical forces transferred to the rails are increased by
Q.no 44. Calculate strength in shear for 16 mm diameter of bolt of grade 4.6 for
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN

Q.no 46. The maximum diagonal compression in simply supported plate girder
A : does not occur
B : occurs above neutral axis
C : occurs below neutral axis
D : occurs at neutral axis
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
Q.no 48. In case of incomplete penetration of butt weld the effective throat
thickness is taken as:
A : 7/8 th of the thickness of the thinner plate
B : 3/4 th of the thickness of the thinner plate
C : 3/5 th of the thickness of the thinner plate
D : 2/3 th of the thickness of the thinner plate
Q.no 49. Web buckling strength at support of simply supported plate girder is
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
Q.no 52. A slab base of 500 mm x 500 mm is to be provided below a column section
ISHB 250 (thickness of flange 9.7 mm) with width of column flange 250 mm flange
supports a design column load 2000 kN. The yield and ultimate tensile strength of
steel are 250 MPa and 410 MPa respectively. Then the thickness of slab base is
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii

A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
Q.no 57. Calculate bearing strength of 20 mm diameter bolt of grade 4.6 for
joining main plates of 10 mm thick using cover plate of 8 mm thick using single
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
lap joint?

Q.no 60. ISHB 450 @ 87.2 kg per m section has area of 11114 square mm. It is used
as a column subjected to axial force and bending moment. Its design axial
strength for yield stress of 250 Mpa is
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these
Q.no 4. A column section is subjected to factored axial compressive force of 225

kN with eccentricity of 50 mm about major axis and 30 mm about minor axis. The
column will subjected to bending moment in kN m of
A : 11.25
B : 6.75
C : 8.75
D : 18
Q.no 5. Clip and seating angle connection is provided for
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
C : frictional support
D : hinged support
D : unstable beams
Q.no 7. Battens should be designed to resist transverse shear force which is
A : 5 percent of axial force
B : 0.5 percent of axial force
C : 2.5 percent of axial force

D : 7.2 percent of axial force
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε
Q.no 9. The gross section of the web of a beam is defined as
A : Depth of the beam multiplied by its web thickness
B : Width of the flange multiplied by its web thickness
C : Sum of the flange width and depth of the beam multiplied by the web thickness
D : Sum of the flange width and depth of the beam
Q.no 10. Imperfection factor for welded section is
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49
Q.no 11. A steel section is subjected to a combination of shear and bending

actions. The applied shear force is V and the shear capacity of the section is Vs.
For such a section, high shear force (as per IS:800-2007) is defined as
A : V more than 0.6Vs
B : V more than 0.7Vs
C : V more than 0.8Vs
D : V more than 0.9Vs
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2
Q.no 13. Minimum number of bolts for connecting end of strut for effective
restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
Q.no 15. For intermediate batten, the effective depth of batten should be more
than
A : centroid
B : 0.75 times the centroid
C : width of the member
D : ALL
Q.no 16. In case of cranes travelling overhead and operated electrically over 500
kN, the vertical deflection of a gantry girder should not exceed
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
Q.no 17. Web buckling in plate girder occurs because of
A : diagonal tension
B : Diagonal Compression
C : Diagonal Compression and diagonal tension
D : neither diagonal tension nor diagonal compression
Q.no 18. As per IS 800 -2007, the partial safety factor for materials for bearing type
of bolt for field fabrication is:
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
Q.no 20. If the building is to have 18 percent opening, it is
Q.no 21. What is the net area for the plate 100 x 8 mm bolted with a single bolt of
20 mm diameter in case of drilled hole ?
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
Q.no 22. In a laced column 20 mm diameter bolts are used for the connection. In
this case, the minimum width of the lacing flat should be
A : 10 mm
B : 20 mm
C : 40 mm
D : 60 mm
Q.no 23. In the design of framed connections, the bolts connecting the web of the
beam with connecting angles are subjected to
A : Single shearing and bearing on the web
B : Double shearing and bearing on the web
C : double shearing and no bearing on the web
D : no shearing but only bearing on the web
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : forces
B : Moments
C : Stresses

Q.no 27. Longitudinal spacing between intermittent welds used for connection
should be
A : greater than 18t
B : greater than 16t
C : not greater than 16t
D : equal to 18t
Q.no 28. Which one of the following sross section in which the extreme fibre in
compression can reach yield stress, but can't develop plastic moment resistance
due to local buckling are classified as per IS 800:2007
A : Slender section
B : Semi compacted section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
Q.no 30. The bending moment due to dead load of gantry girder is maximum at
A : one third distance of span
B : two third distance of span
C : end of span
D : centre of span

A : web cleats
B : Bolts
C : Seating angle
Q.no 33. Characteristic values (for loads or stresses) are defined as the values that
are not expected to be exceeded within the life of the structure with by more
than:
A : 5% probability
B : 2.5% probability
C : 7.5% probability
D : 10% probability
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
Q.no 35. In gantry girder the maximum wheel load is obtained when
A : Crane crab is farthest to gantry girder
B : Crane crab is closest to gantry girder
C : Crane crab is at mid span
D : Crane crab is not attached
Q.no 36. Which of the following condition is not considered in design of built up
column?
A : buckling of column as whole
B : failure of lattice member
C : material to be used for fabrication
D : buckling of component column
Q.no 37. Clip angle connection are designed to:
A : transfer small end moments in addition to large end shear
B : transfer large end shear only
C : transfer small end moments only
D : transfer bending moments
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa

A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
having Flanges 560 mm x 50 mm and web 1800 mm x 12 mm. What is the elastic
critical shear stress in N/mm2?
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10

A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
Q.no 47. Consider following statements regarding gusseted base

I) It is considered to be a pinned base
II) The gusset material used increases the bearing area consequently result in
smaller thickness of the base plate
III) The gusset material used support the base plate against bending and
consequently results in smaller thickness of base plate
Which one of the following statements is/are correct
A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
D : Only II is correct
Q.no 49. Two ISMC 300 are placed back to back with a spacing of 170 mm and
single lacing system with an inclination of lacing bar of 50° is used. If the gauge
length is 50 mm, the spacing of the lacing bar will be
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
Q.no 50. Determine the design axial load on the column section ISMB 400, given
that the height of the column is 3.0 m and is pin-ended. Also assume the following:
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN

A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii

Q.no 59. A base plate of 500 mm x 450 mm is to be provided below the column
section ISHB 300 @ 576.86 N/m (width of the flange is 250 mm and thickness of
flange is 11.6 mm) if the bearing pressure from the concrete below the base plate
is 9 N/mm^2. The minimum thickness of the base plate is required as per IS
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
Q.no 1. The compressive member in a roof truss or bracing is called:
A : Stanchion
B : Strut
C : Boom
D : Beam

Q.no 4. Which of the following is true about axially loaded column?
A : member subjected to bending moment
B : member subjected to axial force and bending moment
C : net end moments are not zero
D : net end moments are zero
Q.no 5. Which of the following aspects need not be considered for beam design
A : deflection
B : material of beam
C : buckling
D : lateral supports
Q.no 6. Which of the following is true about built up section?
A : Built up members are less rigid than single rolled section
B : Single rolled section are formed to meet required area which cannot be provided by
built up members
C : Built up members can be made sufficiently stiff
D : Built up sections are not desirable when stress reversal occurs
Q.no 7. The minimum recommended rise of trusses with AC sheets is
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
Q.no 8. Long compression members will
A : not buckle
B : buckle inelastically
C : buckle plastically
D : buckle elastically
Q.no 9. The beam column flexible connections are expected to resist and transfer
A : only shear
B : only moment
is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.
Q.no 11. What is eccentric shear
A : Shear effcts caused by concentric load on a bolt group
B : Shear effects caused by eccentric load on a bolt group
C : Shear effects caused by moment on a bolt group
D : Shear effects caused by torsion on a bolt group
Q.no 12. A compression member has a end to end length of 4.0 m. It is fixed at one
end and hinged at the other end. The effective length of the column is:
A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
Q.no 13. If the section is classified as plastic, value of beta in design bending
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
Q.no 14. bending resistance of plate girder can be increased by
A : decreasing distance between flanges
B : increasing distance between flanges
C : reducing thickness of web
D : reducing thickness of flange
Q.no 15. Which one of the following cross section can develop plastic hinges and
have rotation capacity required for required for failure of section by formation
of plastic mechanism are classified as per IS 800-2007
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
Q.no 18. The design bending strength of laterally supported beams is governed by
A : torsion
B : bending
C : lateral torsional buckling
D : yield stress
of
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25
Q.no 23. Calculate the value of β for the given angle section ISA 150x115x8mm of
Fe 410 grade of steel connected with gusset plate : Length of weld = 150mm
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
diameter

A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4

Q.no 32. An example of a light moment connection is
A : Framed Connection
B : Unstiffened seat connection
C : Clip angle connections
D : split beam connection
Q.no 33. What is the maximum effective slenderness ratio for a member
subjected to compressive forces resulting only from combination of
wind/earthquake actions?
A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : shape factor
Q.no 36. Calculate the net area of the angle ISA 100 x 100 x 8 which is connected to
the gusset plate through single leg?
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm
plate
Q.no 38. What is the net section area of steel plate 40 cm wide and 10 mm thick
with one bolt if diameter of bolt hole is 18 mm?
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
Q.no 40. web buckling is
A : its overall buckling of flange due to uniformly ditributed load
B : its buckling of flange due to point load
C : its overall buckling of web due to uniformly ditributed load
D : its overall buckling of web due to concentrated load or support reaction

B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
lap joint?
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : does not occur
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
What should be the maximum size of weld?
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight

A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
Q.no 2. The design shear strength is given by
A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε

D : Non of these
Q.no 5. For hot rolled hollow section the following curve is used for buckling:
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load
Q.no 7. In case of cranes travelling overhead and operated electrically up to 500

A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
Q.no 8. Which of the following is a flexural member
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
Q.no 9. The actual failure mode in bearing depends on
A : length of metal plate
B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
Q.no 11. If the section is classified as compact, value of beta in design bending
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
Q.no 12. Live load of roof truss should not be less than

Q.no 14. what will happen when d/tw is sufficintley low
A : Web will yield under buckling before shear
B : web will yield under shear before buckling
C : web will not yield under shear
D : web will not yield under both shear and buckling
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 16. Column base is used to
A : transfer the load from column to the foundation
B : to take tensile load
C : to take compressive load
D : to take flexure load

Q.no 19. Load transfer by a beam is primarily by
A : bending only
B : shear only
C : bending and shear
D : neither bending nor shear
Q.no 21. The design tensile strength of tensile member is
A : minimum of strength due to gross yielding, net section rupture, block shear
B : maximum of strength due to gross yielding, net section rupture, block shear
C : strength due to gross yielding
D : strength due to block shear
Q.no 22. The effective length for intermidiate transverse stiffener used in
calculating buckling resistance should be taken as (where L is the length of
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
Q.no 23. The displacement of tension member under service load is given by
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
Q.no 24. In bolted moment end plate connection, bending moment, axial force
and shear force are transferred by:
A : tension only
B : compression only
C : tension and compression
D : friction
Q.no 25. Which of the following is true about sections with high shear case when
shear is more than 0.6Vd
A : web area is ineffective
B : web area is fully effective
C : flanges will not resist moment
D : moment is not reduced
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
Q.no 29. The crippling strength of web at interior point where concentrated load
is acting is given by
A : Fcrip = (b+2n1)fyw
B : Fcrip = (b+2n1) t
C : Fcrip = (b+2n1)fywt
D : Fcrip = (b+n1)/fywt

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN

Q.no 33. As per IS specification, the beam sections should be
A : not symmetrical about any principal axes
B : at least symmetrical about one of the principal axes
C : symmetrical about all principal axes
D : unsymmetrical about all principal axes
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)
connections?
A : Pin connections
Q.no 36. In case of manually operated cranes, the vertical deflection of a gantry
girder should not exceed
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600

A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet

m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm

A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN

Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm

A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
D : unstable beams
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 7. A steel section is subjected to a combination of shear and bending actions.

The applied shear force is V and the shear capacity of the section is Vs. For such a
section, high shear force (as per IS:800-2007) is defined as

A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49
A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0
D : Non of these
Q.no 12. Drag load on gantry girder is generated by
A : Vertical load generated by weight of crane and trolly

D : all of the above
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
Q.no 14. A column base is subjected to moment, if the intensity of bearing

pressure due to axial load is equal to stress due to moment, then the bearing
pressure between base and conrete is
A : Uniform compression throughout
B : Tension at one end and compression at other end
C : Uniform tension throughout
D : Zero at one end and compression at other end
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0

A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
connections?
A : Pin connections
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN

Q.no 28. strut are designed for
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 10 mm
B : 20 mm
C : 40 mm
D : 60 mm
Q.no 32. Which one of the following cross section in which elements buckle locally
even before attaining of yield stress are classified as per IS 800:2007
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section

obtained
Q.no 34. In flexible end plate design, beam is designed for the
A : Maximum bending moment
B : shear force
C : Torsional moment
D : zero end moment
roof truss
A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
Q.no 38. The value of β in equation of moment capacity of plastic section for V
more than 0.6Vd is given by
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)


A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : does not occur
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
Q.no 45. A welded plate girder consisting of two flange plates of 350 mm x 16 mm
and a web plate of 1000 mm x 6 mm requires
A : No stiffeners
B : Vertical stiffeners
C : Intermidiate vertical stiffeners
D : Vertical and horizontal stiffeners
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 1.5
B:2
C:1
D : 0.5
A : bending only
B : shear only

Q.no 4. Imperfection factor for rolled section is
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4
Q.no 7. Generally, the purlins are placed at the panel points so as to avoid
A : Axial force in rafter
B : Shaer force in rafter
C : deflection of rafter
D : Bending moment in rafter

Q.no 9. Strength of bolt is
A : minimum of shear strength and bearing capacity of bolt
B : maximum of shear strength and bearing capacity of bolt
C : shear strength of bolt
D : bearing capacity of bolt
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
Q.no 12. The distance between centre of gravity of compression flange and centre
of gravity of tension flange of a plate girder is known as
A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress
Q.no 14. If the section is classified as semi compact, value of beta in design
bending moment equation is equal to
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
Q.no 15. The minimum recommended rise of trusses with GI sheets is
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa
A : web cleats
B : Bolts
C : Seating angle
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure
end are termed as
D : Seat Connection
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
Q.no 28. What is the load factor for Live load (LL) for the load combination DL +
LL + AL in case of limit state of strength? (DL = Dead Load, AL = Accidental Load)
A : 0.35
B:1
C : 1.2
D : 1.5
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm

Q.no 32. An ISA 130x130x10 used as a strut has the length between the
intersections at each end as 3.5m and the yield stress f, = 250 MPa. If it is
connected with gusset plate by two bolts at each end (assume fixed condition),
then the equivalent slenderness ratio will be:
A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62
Q.no 33. Beam to column connections expected to resist and transfer moments in
addition to end reactions only are termed as
A : Flexible connections
B : Rigid connections
C : Semi Rigid connections
D : Semi flexible
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L

A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
lap joint?

A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN

A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
Q.no 1. The outstand of web stiffener from the face of the web should not exceed -
----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these
Q.no 3. For very short compression member:
A : failure stress will be greater than yield stress
B : failure stress will be less than yield stress
C : failure stress will equal yield stress
D : failure stress will be twice the yield stress

A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
Q.no 5. What is the partial safety factor of shop fabricated welds?
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25

A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
A : Stanchion
B : Strut
C : Boom
D : Beam
D : unstable beams
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
of bolt for shop fabrication is:
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5

A : 145
B : 180
C : 350
D : 400
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
Q.no 20. The effect of bending moment and shear force on the bolt group cause
A : tension and shear in the bolts
B : shear force on the bolt
D : Tension only
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability
Q.no 22. Two members made up of same material and having identical cross
section and length. One subjected to tensile force and second subjected to
compressive force. For this, which of the following is true
A : Tension member will carry more load
B : Compression member will carry more load
C : Both members will carry same load
D : Required more data for analysis
Q.no 23. The angle of dispersion of load for web crippling is assumed to be
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
plate
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)
column?

Q.no 28. Drag loads on gantry girder are
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
C : Longitudinal load
D : Gravity Load
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
Q.no 34. Which option is true about bracket connection
A : More rigid than any other connection
B : Fabrication cost is low
C : these connections are used to accomodate less number of bolts
D : They are used to give aesthetic appearence to the structure.
Q.no 36. Beam to column connections expected to resist and transfer end
reactions only are termed as
D : Semi flexible
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
A : tension only
D : friction
diameter

A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
stress corrosponding to web buckling in N/mm2?
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4

A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd

A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm

A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth
Q.no 4. The beam to column connections which resists end moments as well as
permits relative rotation between beam and column is termed as
D : Semi flexible
Q.no 5. A column base is subjected to moment, if the intensity of bearing pressure

due to axial load is equal to stress due to moment, then the bearing pressure
between base and conrete is
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A : bending only
B : shear only

A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0

A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.
A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
A : forces
B : Moments
C : Stresses
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
Q.no 26. The slenderness ratio of web of beam section from diagonal buckling
consideration is given by
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
C : end of span
D : centre of span

Q.no 30. Maximum spacing of batten should be such that slenderness ratio of
component member should be
A : not greater than 50
B : greater than 50
C : greater than 0.7 times slenderness ratio of member as a whole
D : greater than slenderness ratio of member as a whole
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm
A:9m
B : 18 m
C : 18.9 m
D : 19.8 m
Q.no 34. The design strength of tension member corresponding to gross section
yielding is given by :
A : γmo fy/Ag
B : γmo fy Ag
C : fy/Ag γmo
D : fyAg/ γmo
A : shape factor

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
Q.no 39. The effect of twisting moment and shear force on the bolt group cause
A : Shear force on the bolts
B : Tension and shear in the bolt
D : Tension only
Q.no 40. For uniaxial bending of column, to achieve economy, the eccentricity is
placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
C : Axis do not matter
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight

A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : No stiffeners

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm

A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
lap joint?
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm

Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
Q.no 1. What is the permissible stress of steel in bending compression in Working

Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
D : Non of these

A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49

B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress
given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
diameter
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load
end are termed as

D : Seat Connection
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)

A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
Q.no 40. A column of ISHB 350 with gross area of 8590 square mm. Yield tensile
strength of steel is 250 Mpa, calculate design compressive strength of column in
yielding
A : 1952.27 kN
B : 1827.87 kN
C : 2256.75 kN
D : 3276.85 kN
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : does not occur
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m

A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : No stiffeners

m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender

A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : only shear
B : only moment

A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
built up members
D : Tension only

A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
semi-compact section is given by
A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp
A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0

A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε
of
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa
connections?
A : Pin connections
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
column?
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
D : Semi flexible

B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm

A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
lap joint?
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
Q.no 2. Minimum width of lacing bars shall
A : be less than 3 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
B : be less than 5 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
C : not be less than 3 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
D : be less than 2 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
A : 1/325 of span

given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
Q.no 7. In bolted moment end plate connection, bending moment, axial force, and
shear force are transferred by
A : Tension only
D : Friction
not be
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4
D : Semi flexible
Q.no 16. Effective length of compression member is
A : distance between ends of members
B : distance between end point and midpoint of member
C : distance between points of contraflexure
D : distance between end point and centroid of member

Q.no 18. The design compressive stress of an axially loaded compression member
in IS: 800-2007 is given by:
A : Rankine formula
B : Secant formula
C : Merchant Rankine formula
D : Perry Robertson formula
-----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : Flexure only
D : Shear only
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
C : end of span
D : centre of span
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
Q.no 30. for gantry girders carrying hand operated overhead travelling cranes, to
resist impact loads the lateral forces are increased by
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending

obtained
A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability
A : γmo fy/Ag
B : γmo fy Ag
C : fy/Ag γmo
D : fyAg/ γmo
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight

A : does not occur
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN

A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load

A : 11.25
B : 6.75
C : 8.75
D : 18
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 7. the forces acting on the web splice of a plate girder are
A : Axial Force
B : Shear and axial force
C : Shear and bending force
D : Axial and bending force
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
Q.no 9. Gantry Girders are designed to resist

A : Lateral Loads
B : Longitudinal loads and vertical loads
C : Lateral, Longitudinal and vertical loads
D : Lateral and longitudinal oads
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2
A : bending only
B : shear only
Q.no 12. On eccentrically loaded columns, the equivalent axial load may be
obtained by
A : Adding the axial load, eccentric load, the product of the bending moment due to
eccentric load and the appropriate bending factor
B : Adding the axial load and eccentric load and subtracting the product of bending
moment and appropriate bending factor
C : Dividing the sum of axial load and eccentric load by the product of the bending
D : None of these

D : unstable beams
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24

A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
A : web cleats
B : Bolts
C : Seating angle

B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
Q.no 26. The best double angle compression member section is:
A : equal angles on same side of gusset plate
B : unequal angles with long legs back to back
C : unequal angles with short legs back to back
D : equal angles on opposite sides of gusset plate
diameter
D : Semi flexible
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
roof truss
B : shear force
D : zero end moment

A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2

B : greater than 50
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm


lap joint?
A : No stiffeners
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender

given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : 1/325 of span
B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
D : Tension only

not be
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress

A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4
A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth

than
A : centroid
D : ALL
A : shape factor
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4

stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
should be
D : equal to 18t
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN

obtained
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145

Q.no 34. The length of end return, provided at each end of longitudinal fillet weld,
is:
A : Twice the size of weld
B : Thrice the size of weld
C : Four time the size of weld
D : Six time the size of weld
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
A : 10 mm
B : 20 mm
C : 40 mm
D : 60 mm
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
Q.no 40. In column bases maximum bearing strngth of Concrete as per IS 456:2000
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck

A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106

A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight


A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : Lateral Loads

A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
A : Axial Force
A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii
A : 1.5
B:2
C:1
D : 0.5
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L

A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
than
A : centroid
D : ALL
B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : 10 mm
B : 20 mm
C : 40 mm
D : 60 mm
plate
B : greater than 50
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
D : Semi flexible
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa
end are termed as
D : Seat Connection
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
roof truss
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
is:
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : does not occur
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2

B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
A : No stiffeners
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm

A : bending only
B : shear only

A : only shear
B : only moment
Q.no 9. For a single angle unequal angle tie member, the leg preferred for making
connection is the:
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
A : 145
B : 180
C : 350
D : 400
D : Tension only

A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
A : Rankine formula
B : Secant formula
restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section

A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability

A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)

yielding
A : 1952.27 kN
B : 1827.87 kN
C : 2256.75 kN
D : 3276.85 kN
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
lap joint?

A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : Stanchion
B : Strut
C : Boom
D : Beam
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load
built up members
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
not be
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa

A : γmo fy/Ag
B : γmo fy Ag
C : fy/Ag γmo
D : fyAg/ γmo
A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)
B : shear force
D : zero end moment
end are termed as
D : Seat Connection
A:9m
B : 18 m
C : 18.9 m
D : 19.8 m
A : forces
B : Moments
C : Stresses
should be
D : equal to 18t
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender

A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : deflection
C : buckling
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε
A : bending only
B : shear only
D : Non of these
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
Q.no 12. What is the permissible stress of steel in bending compression in

Working Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2

A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5

A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
C : end of span
D : centre of span
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm
roof truss
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 2333 square cm
B : 4333 square cm
C : 1333 square cm
D : 3333 square cm
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
column?
A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
D : Tension only

is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm


A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : does not occur
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN

B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
Q.no 4. As per IS specification, splice connection should be designed for a force of

B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : Tension only
D : Friction
A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii

obtained by
D : None of these
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
D : Semi flexible
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
-----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0

semi-compact section is given by
A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp
A : web cleats
B : Bolts
C : Seating angle
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load

D : Semi flexible
yielding
A : 1952.27 kN
B : 1827.87 kN
C : 2256.75 kN
D : 3276.85 kN
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : tension only
D : friction
A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62
A:9m
B : 18 m
C : 18.9 m
D : 19.8 m
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
connections?
A : Pin connections

diameter
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm

lap joint?
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender


A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm

is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D

A : Rankine formula
B : Secant formula


D : unstable beams
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5

A : bending only
B : shear only

built up members
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
base plate is
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these

joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa

obtained

serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis

A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0

A : 11.25
B : 6.75
C : 8.75
D : 18

Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy
D : Tension only
A : Slender section

C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
base plate is
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these
-----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : Lateral Loads
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
A : Rankine formula
B : Secant formula
A : Tension only
D : Friction
roof truss

A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
A:9m
B : 18 m
C : 18.9 m
D : 19.8 m
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
is:

A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm
A : 10 mm
B : 20 mm
C : 40 mm
D : 60 mm
C : end of span
D : centre of span
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : does not occur
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN


given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
Q.no 4. A steel section is subjected to a combination of shear and bending actions.

The applied shear force is V and the shear capacity of the section is Vs. For such a
section, high shear force (as per IS:800-2007) is defined as
A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these
given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
D : unstable beams
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth

A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN

A : tension only
D : friction
A : 0.35
B:1
C : 1.2
D : 1.5
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm
D : Semi flexible
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)
column?
A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
A : shape factor
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability

A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
lap joint?
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
A : No stiffeners
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : only shear
B : only moment
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25

A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : not buckle
A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load
A : 0.5
B : 0.2
C : 0.3
D : 0.1
D : Non of these
obtained by
D : None of these
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49
C : end of span
D : centre of span
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load

yielding
A : 1952.27 kN
B : 1827.87 kN
C : 2256.75 kN
D : 3276.85 kN
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600


A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
is:
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
B : shear force
D : zero end moment
A : does not occur

A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight

Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm

A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
D : Semi flexible
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress
Q.no 6. In a gussted base, the critical section for considering the thickness of base
plate is
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these
A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0

A : Lateral Loads
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε

D : <Less than 70ε
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
built up members
than
A : centroid
D : ALL
diameter
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
end are termed as
D : Seat Connection
D : Tension only
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 2333 square cm
B : 4333 square cm
C : 1333 square cm
D : 3333 square cm
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : tension only
D : friction
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
plate

A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3

B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
A : No stiffeners

lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender


A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25

A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : Stanchion
B : Strut
C : Boom
D : Beam
A : 0.5
B : 0.2
C : 0.3
D : 0.1
A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m

A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling

A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling

A : deflection
C : buckling
is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
of

A : 1/325 of span
connections?
A : Pin connections
placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm

A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62
A:9m
B : 18 m
C : 18.9 m
D : 19.8 m
A : Flexure only
D : Shear only

should be
D : equal to 18t
D : Semi flexible
D : Semi flexible
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
lap joint?
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm

A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4

800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε

Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy
not be
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
A : bending only
B : shear only
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
obtained by
D : None of these
given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
transfer
A : only shear
B : only moment
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145

A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : web cleats
B : Bolts
C : Seating angle
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : γmo fy/Ag
B : γmo fy Ag
C : fy/Ag γmo
D : fyAg/ γmo
A : 0.35
B:1
C : 1.2
D : 1.5
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
A : tension only
D : friction
B : greater than 50

A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN

fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : does not occur
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm

A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
B : 50% column load

C : 25%column load
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
Q.no 8. The maximum slenderness ratio for a steel member carrying compressive
loads resulting from dead loads and imposed loads is:
A : 145
B : 180
C : 350
D : 400
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section

D : unstable beams
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9

A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : deflection
C : buckling

A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
A : shape factor
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25

obtained
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4

A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
diameter

lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
lap joint?
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : No stiffeners
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm

A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0
is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : not buckle

A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
D : Semi flexible
A : Axial Force
B : 50% column load

C : 25%column load
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
A : Rankine formula
B : Secant formula
obtained by
D : None of these
A : deflection
C : buckling
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
A : forces
B : Moments
C : Stresses
yielding
A : 1952.27 kN
B : 1827.87 kN
C : 2256.75 kN
D : 3276.85 kN

C : end of span
D : centre of span
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
column?
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
plate
A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
lap joint?
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm

A : Lateral Loads
A : 1/325 of span
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
not be
A : only shear
B : only moment

plate is
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth

A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section

A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm

A : shape factor

obtained
should be
D : equal to 18t

side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
A : tension only
D : friction
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck
B : greater than 50

A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw

A : does not occur
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
A : No stiffeners
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4

B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender


Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy

A : 11.25
B : 6.75
C : 8.75
D : 18

restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25
A : Stanchion
B : Strut
C : Boom
D : Beam
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
D : Tension only
A : bending only
B : shear only

A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)

placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
D : Tension only
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
is:

A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
end are termed as
D : Seat Connection
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
A : Flexure only
D : Shear only
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
D : Non of these

A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L


D : unstable beams
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
A : Tension only
D : Friction
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
built up members
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load

A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
roof truss
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load
should be
D : equal to 18t
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25
diameter
D : Semi flexible
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
A : 0.35
B:1
C : 1.2
D : 1.5
A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : No stiffeners
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN

B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m


A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
Q.no 2. For combine check of compression and bending, the ratio of applied force
and bending to permissible force and bending moment should be
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2
plate is
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these

A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0

A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε
obtained by
D : None of these
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii

A : not buckle
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2

obtained

A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
A : 10 mm
B : 20 mm
C : 40 mm
D : 60 mm
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability
is:
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
connections?
A : Pin connections
A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62
placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
A : tension only
D : friction
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
lap joint?
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN

m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : does not occur
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm

----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : deflection
C : buckling
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : Lateral Loads

A : 1.5
B:2
C:1
D : 0.5
A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these

D : Semi flexible

A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
C : end of span
D : centre of span
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
A : 2333 square cm
B : 4333 square cm
C : 1333 square cm
D : 3333 square cm

A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
column?
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
D : Semi flexible
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25
roof truss
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : No stiffeners
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
Q.no 6. The maximum slenderness ratio for a steel member carrying compressive
loads resulting from dead loads and imposed loads is:
A : 145
B : 180
C : 350
D : 400
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress
is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0

A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0
transfer
A : only shear
B : only moment
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
A : bending only
B : shear only
obtained by
D : None of these
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load

A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure
B : shear force
D : zero end moment
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
A : γmo fy/Ag
B : γmo fy Ag
C : fy/Ag γmo
D : fyAg/ γmo

A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
lap joint?
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
A : does not occur
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp

Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy

A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L

A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth
restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
base plate is
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
of
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25

A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm

A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
A : tension only
D : friction
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability
end are termed as
D : Seat Connection
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
D : Semi flexible
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm

A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii

A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
Seat No -
Time : 1hr
Max Marks : 50
N.B
A : Column
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling

A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp
built up members
A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
plate is
C : Both 1 and 2
D : None of these

A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : Lateral Loads
transfer
A : only shear
B : only moment
A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2
A : Joist
B : Girt
C : Strut
D : Sling
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : Tension only
D : Friction
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load
A : Flexure only
D : Shear only
should be
D : equal to 18t
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
A : γmo fy/Ag
B : γmo fy Ag
C : fy/Ag γmo
D : fyAg/ γmo
A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm
A : forces
B : Moments
C : Stresses
yielding
A : 1952.27 kN
B : 1827.87 kN
C : 2256.75 kN
D : 3276.85 kN
A : 2333 square cm
B : 4333 square cm
C : 1333 square cm
D : 3333 square cm
column?
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck

obtained

A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : does not occur


A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0


not be
D : Semi flexible
restrain
A:0
B:3
C:1
D:2
Q.no 8. As per IS specification, splice connection should be designed for a force of

A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
D : unstable beams
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0

A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
D : Tension only
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
is:
A : 11.25
B:9
C : 15
D : 25
A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
B : greater than 50

joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
plate
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN

A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3

B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support

A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : 0.5
B : 0.2
C : 0.3
D : 0.1
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
A : 1/325 of span

A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε
than
A : centroid
D : ALL
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25
A : Overall Depth
B : Clear Depth
C : Effective Depth
A : bending only
B : shear only
A : d/200
B : d/60
C : d/100
D : d/4


C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
diameter
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
side, is given by
A : y = (L/3) - (M/P)
B : y = (L/2) - (P/M)
C : y = (L/2) + (M/P)
D : y = (L/3) + (M/P)
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
A : tension only
D : friction
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
should be
D : equal to 18t
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
A : 0.35
B:1
C : 1.2
D : 1.5

D : Semi flexible
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
A : No stiffeners
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender

given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd

A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
lap joint?
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm

A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm

Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
D : Non of these
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0
B : 50% column load
C : 25%column load

A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
A : 1.5
B:2
C:1
D : 0.5
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
not be
D : Semi flexible
A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L
A : 10 mm
B : 20 mm
C : 40 mm
D : 60 mm
stiffener)
A : 0.7 L
B : 1L
C : 1.2 L
D : 0.8 L
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : 398 kN
B : 243 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 180 kN
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability
D : Semi flexible
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck

A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 0.89
B : 0.75
C : 0.5
D : 0.65
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : does not occur
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight


A : I, ii
B : ii, iii
C : i, iii
D : i, ii and iii
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
Q.no 6. For combine check of compression and bending, the ratio of applied force
and bending to permissible force and bending moment should be
A : Less than 1
B : More than 1
D : more than 2

A : Curve A
B : Curve B
C : Curve C
D : Curve D
A : Edge distance
B : Gauge distance
C : Pitch
D : Tension only
A:2
B:3
C:4
D : All of these
obtained by
D : None of these
A : 145
B : 180
C : 350
D : 400

given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
A : 2333 square cm
B : 4333 square cm
C : 1333 square cm
D : 3333 square cm
column?

A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62

A:2
B:3
C:4
D:5
serviceability?
A : Brittle facture

structure
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
connections?
A : Pin connections
A : Flexure only
D : Shear only
A : Lateral Loads
B : Area load
D : Gravity Load

A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
lap joint?
A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
A : 3535 kN
B : 2525 kN
C : 4545 kN
D : 3000 kN
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd

A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
A : 1/325 of span

A : 11.25
B : 6.75
C : 8.75
D : 18

A : only shear
B : only moment

A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : deflection
C : buckling
A : Lateral Loads
A : not buckle
-----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24

A:L
B : 1.2L
C : 1.5L
D : 2L

B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter
D : unstable beams
A : web cleats
B : Bolts
C : Seating angle
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A:9m
B : 18 m
C : 18.9 m
D : 19.8 m
A : 100 Mpa
B : 400 Mpa
C : 240 Mpa
D : 250 Mpa
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : 1000 square mm
B : 1300 square mm
C : 1536 square mm
D : 2000 square mm

A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
B : shear force
D : zero end moment
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN


B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2
A : 780 kN
B : 586.95 kN
C : 432.27 kN
D : 225.36 kN
A : does not occur

A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm
A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN
A : Tension only
D : Friction
D : Non of these
D : Tension only

Stress Method ?
A : 0.5 fy
B : 0.4 fy
C : 0.66 fy
D : 0.75 fy

A : Vn
B : Vn/γm0
C : Vn x γm0
D : γm0
A : 4.9
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 0.49
is
A : 1/3.
B:3
C : 2/3.
D : 3/2.

A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : bending only
B : shear only
D : Semi flexible
A : Longer one
B : Shorter one
of
A : 145
B : 180
C : 350
D : 400
A : 4.0 m
B : 3.2 m
C : 2.8 m
D : 2.0 m
A : Less than 67ε
C : More than 67ε
D : <Less than 70ε
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
A : 38.2 square cm
B : 20 square cm
C : 240 square mm
D : 480 square mm

A : 13
B : 1.21
C : 1.34
D : 1.62
A : 1 in 1.5
B : 1 in 2.5
C : 1 in 3.5
D : 1 in 4
yielding
A : 1952.27 kN
B : 1827.87 kN
C : 2256.75 kN
D : 3276.85 kN
A : shape factor
A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
C : Load factor
D : Wind factor
A : 1.1
B : 1.5
C:2
D : 1.25
A : PLEAg
B : PLE/Ag
C : PL/EAg
D : P/LEAg
A : 10 percent
B : 20 percent
C : 30 percent
D : 40 percent
A : 12t
B : 16t
C : 18t
D : 20t
A : 400 mm x 30 mm
B : 450 mm x 35 mm
C : 400 mm x 40 mm
D : 450 mm x 25 mm
A : 0.35
B:1
C : 1.2
D : 1.5
diameter
A : 6 MPa
B : 7 MPa
C : 8 MPa
D : 9 MPa
A : No stiffeners
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN
A : 92.48
B : 98.42
C : 42.98
D : 84.2
800:2007 is
A : 26.3 mm
B : 44.4 mm
C : 33.2 mm
D : 11.6 mm
A : 589.60 kNm
B : 658.9 kNm
C : 856.7 kNm
D : 760.8 kNm
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
B : middle of web
D : root of fillet
m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10

A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
A : 10 mm
B : 9.1 mm
C : 12.4 mm
D : 10.9 mm

A : 0.7
B : 0.6
C : 0.4S
D : 0.5S
cover butt joint
A : 70.26 kN
B : 109.82 kN
C : 50.18 kN
D : 29.56 kN
A : 55.44
B : 45
C : 44.5
D : 55
member are fixed?
A : 0.65L
B : 0.8L
C : L
D : 2L
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
A:1l
B : 1.2 L
C : 0.8 L
D : 0.65 L
A : Plastic section
B : Compact Section
D : Slender section
A : 0.1
B : 0.21
C : 2.1
D : 4.9
A : Ze/Zp
B : ZeZp
C : Zp/ Ze
D : Ze+Zp
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : only shear
B : only moment
A : ± 0.2
B : ± 0.5
C : ± 0.7
D:±0
A : Lateral support
B : bending support
D : hinged support
A:1
B : 1.1
C : 1.25
D : 1.5
A : Rankine formula
B : Secant formula
A : 1 in 6
B : 1 in 12
C : 1 in 3
D : 1 in 24
not be

B : length of bolt
C : hole diameter
D : bolt diameter

given by
A : Md = Ze fy γm0
B : Md = Ze fy
C : Md = fy / γm0
A : 343.7 kN
B : 377.34 kN
C : 733.4 kN
D : 433.43 kN
A : d/tw
B : 2.45d / tw
C : 85 d/tw
D : 67 d/tw
A : 624 square mm
B : 756 square mm
C : 800 square mm
D : 640 square mm
C : end of span
D : centre of span
A : 690.2
B : 826.9
C : 962.28
D : 298.4

placed about
A : Minor axis
B : Major axis
joint
A : 50 KN
B : 40 KN
C : 29 KN
D : 59 KN
is taken as
A : 0.5fck
B : 0.7 fck
C : 0.6 fck
D : 0.8 fck
A : i only
B : i, iii
C : ii, iii
D : i, ii, iii
D : Semi flexible

A : 337 kN
B : 417 kN
C : 351 kN
D : 450 kN

A : 1900
B : 1871
C : 1781
D : 1981
A : 3 mm
B : 6 mm
C : 12 mm
D : 18 mm
A : 12mm
B : 8mm
C : 16mm
D : 4mm
A:6
B:2
C:3
D:4

A : 6 mm
B : 15 mm
C : 18.5 mm
D : 21.5 mm
lap joint?
A : does not occur

A : lighter
B : heavier
C : of same weight
A : Plastic
B : compact
C : semi compact
D : slender
A : 51.80 x 106 mm3
B : 61.52 x 106
C : 56.66 x 106
D : 65.66 x 106
A : 226.5 mm
B : 352.5 mm
C : 453.1 mm
D : 643.5 mm
fy= 250 Mpa, fu = 410 Mpa; E = 2000000 Mpa
A : 4035 kN
B : 855 kN
C : 1102 kN
D : 1775 kN
A : 1/325 of span


A : L/500
B : L/750
C : L/1000
D : L/600
A : Axial Force
A : Span/500
B : Span/750
C : Span/1000
D : Span/600


----tq ε
A : 20
B : 14
C : 28
D : 25
A : 1.2
B : 1.1
C : 1.5
D : 1.25
obtained by
D : None of these
A : torsion
B : bending
D : yield stress
A : 1.5
B:2
C:1
D : 0.5
Q.no 18. If the section is classified as semi compact, value of beta in design
bending moment equation is equal to
A : Ze/Zp
B : Zp/Ze
C:1
D : less than 1
A : 100 mm
B : 130 mm
C : 105 mm
D : 110 mm

connections?
A : Pin connections
plate
A : ([Vd/V] -1)2
B : (2[Vd/V] +1)2
C : (2[Vd/V] -1)2
D : (2[Vd/V] -1)
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Tension + Shear
B : Gusseted base
C : Slab base
than:
A : 5% probability
D : 10% probability
A : Slender section
C : Compact Section
D : Plastic section
column?
A : 100
B : 215
C : 155
D : 145
A : 0.6
B : 0.7
C : 0.8
D:1
A : Compression
B : Tension
D : Biaxial bending
is:

A : 180
B : 200
C : 340
D : 250
A : 500 N/mm2
B : 400 N/mm2
C : 460 N/mm2
D : 415 N/mm2
roof truss
Shear force
A : i only
B : i and ii
C : ii and iii
D : i, ii, iii
A : 67.2 kNm
B : 27.6 kNm
C : 76.2 kNm
D : 62.5 kNm
A : No stiffeners
B : 44.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m

C : 44.8 kN and 7.5 kN-m
D : 54.8 kN and 6.5 kN-m
given by
A : Fwb =Btwfcd
B : Fwb =twfcd
C : Fwb =Btw
D : Fwb =Bfcd
A : 526.83 kN
B : 385.74 kN
C : 450.98 kN
D : 416.62 kN

A : I & II
B : II & III
C : I & III
A : d/3
B:d
C : 2d
D : d/2

m will be
A:6
B:9
C : 12
D : 10
A : 20 kN
B : 12.5 kN
C : 25 kN
D : 6.25 kN
lap joint
A : 50 kN
B : 40kN
C : 29 kN
D : 59 kN


A : 284 N/mm
B : 693 N/mm
C : 589 N/mm
D : 400 N/mm
A : 9.7 mm
B : 25.82 mm
C : 33.07 mm
D : 31.02 mm

DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURE (STRUCTURAL DESIGN I)
1 Steel is mainly an alloy of
a) Iron and Carbon
b) Sulphur and Zinc
c) Zinc and tin
d) Phosphorous and Tin
2 Which of the following is a disadvantage of Steel?
a) High strength per unit mass
b) High durability
c) Fire and corrosion resistance
d) Reusable
3 Elastic Modulus of Steel is __________
a) 1.5 x 10^9 N/mm2
b) 2.0 x 10^5 N/mm2
c) 2.0 x 10^5 N/m2
d) 1.5 x 10^9 N/m2
4 Unit mass of Steel = ________
a) 785 kg/m3
b) 450 kg/m3
c) 450 kg/cm3
d) 7850 kg/m3
5 Poisson’s ratio of steel is ________
a) 0.1
b) 1.0
c) 0.3
d) 2.0
6 Structural Steel normally has carbon content less than _______
a) 1.0%
b) 0.6%
c) 3.0%
d) 5.0%
7 What is the permissible percentage of Sulphur and Phosphorous content in steel?
a) 0.1%, 0.12%
b) 1.0%, 3.0%
c) 3.0%, 1.0%
d) 1.0%, 1.0%
8 What happens when Manganese is added to steel?
a) decreases strength and hardness of steel
b) improves corrosion resistance
c) decreases ductility
d) improves strength and hardness of steel
9 Which of the following is the effect of increased content of Sulphur and Phosphorous in Steel ?
a) yields high strength
b) affects weldability
c) increases resistance to corrosion
d) improves resistance to high temperature
10 Which of the following is added to steel to increase resistance to corrosion?
a) Carbon
b) Manganese
c) Sulphur
d) Copper
Which of the following properties are affected due to addition of carbon and manganese to steel? (i) tensile
11
strength and yield property (ii) Ductility (iii) Welding (iv) Corrosion resistance
a) i and ii only
b) i and iii only
c) i, ii, iii
d) i and iv only
12 Chrome and Nickel are added to Steel to improve _________
a) corrosion resistance and high temperature resistance
b) strength
c) ductility
d) weldablity
13 Which of the following is the property of high carbon steel?
a) high toughness
b) reduced ductility
c) high strength
d) reduced strength
14 High carbon steel is used in ______________
a) transmission lines and microwave towers
b) structural buildings
c) fire resistant buildings
d) for waterproofing
15 What is the permissible percentage of micro-alloys in medium and high strength micro-alloyed steel?
a) 0.1%
b) 0.5%
c) 0.25%
d) 1.0%
16 Fire resistant steels are also called as ____________
a) Stainless steel
b) Weathering steel
c) High strength steel
d) Thermomechanically treated steel
17 What is the minimum percentage of chromium and nickel added to stainless steel?
a) 0.5%, 10.5%
b) 2%, 20%
c) 10.5%, 0.5%
d) 30%, 50%
18 What is weathering steel?
a) low-alloy atmospheric corrosion-resistant steel
b) low-carbon steel
c) high strength quenched and tempered steel
d) fire resistant steel
19 Which of the following is correct criteria to be considered while designing?
a) Structure should be aesthetically pleasing but structurally unsafe
b) Structure should be cheap in cost even though it may be structurally unsafe
c) Structure should be structurally safe but less durable
d) Structure should be adequately safe, should have adequate serviceability
20 What is serviceability?
a) It refers to condition when structure is not usable
b) It refers to services offered in the structure
c) It means that the structure should perform satisfactorily under different loads, without discomfort to user
d) It means that structure should be economically viable
21 Analysis is referred to _____________
a) determination of cost of structure
b) determination of axial forces, bending moment, shear force etc.
c) determination of factor of safety
d) drafting architectural plans and drawings
22 The structure is statically indeterminate when________________
a) static equilibrium equations are insufficient for determining internal forces and reactions on that structure
b) static equilibrium equations are sufficient for determining internal forces and reactions on that structure
c) structure is economically viable
d) structure is environment friendly
23 Which of the following is one of the methods of analysis prescribed in the code for steel structures?
a) Hinge Analysis
b) Limit Analysis
c) Roller Analysis
d) Dynamic Analysis
24 Which method is mainly adopted for design of steel structures as per IS code?
a) Limit State Method
b) Working Stress Method
c) Ultimate Load Method
d) Earthquake Load Method
25 Which IS code is used for general construction of steel?
a) IS 456
b) IS 256
c) IS 800
d) IS 100
26 Which of the following relation is correct?
a) Permissible Stress = Yield Stress x Factor of Safety
b) Permissible Stress = Yield Stress / Factor of Safety
c) Yield Stress = Permissible Stress / Factor of Safety
d) Permissible Stress = Yield Stress – Factor of Safety
27 In Working Stress Method, which of the following relation is correct?
a) Working Stress ≤ Permissible Stress
b) Working Stress ≥ Permissible Stress
c) Working Stress = Permissible Stress
d) Working Stress > Permissible Stress

Arrange the following in ascending order according to their factor of safety in working stress method :
28
(i) tension members, (ii) long column, (iii) short column, (iv) connections
a) i < ii < iii < iv
b) i < iv < ii < iii
c) i = iii < ii < iv

d) iv = i < iii < ii
29 What is Load Factor?
a) ratio of working load to ultimate load
b) product of working load and ultimate load
c) product of working load and factor of safety
d) ratio of ultimate load to working load
30 Which of the following is not a main element of framed structure?
a) Beam
b) Column
c) Shear connector
d) Lattice member
31 Which of the following are subjected to both axial loads and bending moments?
a) Beam-Column
b) Column
c) Lattice member
d) Beam
How much percentage increase of permissible stress is allowed when dead load, live load and wind load are
32
considered together in working stress method?
a) 50%
b) 33%
c) 40%
d) 60%
33 Limit State Method is based on _____________
a) calculations on service load conditions alone
b) calculations on ultimate load conditions alone
c) calculations at working loads and ultimate loads
d) calculations on earthquake loads
34 What is limit state?
a) Acceptable limits for safety and serviceability requirements before failure occurs
b) Acceptable limits for safety and serviceability requirements after failure occurs
c) Acceptable limits for safety after failure occurs
d) Acceptable limits for serviceability after failure occurs
35 Which of the following format is used in limit state method?
a) Single safety factor
b) Multiple safety factor
c) Load factor
d) Wind factor
36 Which of the following factors is included in the limit state of strength?
a) Fire
b) Failure by excessive deformation
c) Corrosion
d) Repairable damage or crack due to fatigue
37 Which of the following factors is included in the limit state of serviceability?
a) Brittle facture
b) Fracture due to fatigue
c) Failure by excessive deformation
d) Deformation and deflection adversely affecting appearance or effective use of structure
38 What is permanent action according to classification of actions by IS code?
a) due to self weight
b) due to construction and service stage loads
c) due to accidents
d) due to earthquake loads
39 What is variable action according to classification of actions by IS code?
a) due to self weight
b) due to accidents
c) due to construction and service stage loads
d) due to earthquake loads

a) Design Load = Characteristic Load
b) Design Load = Characteristic Load + Partial factor of safety
c) Design Load = Characteristic Load / Partial factor of safety
d) Design Load = Characteristic Load x Partial factor of safety
a) Design Strength = Ultimate strength + Partial factor of safety
b) Design Strength = Ultimate strength – Partial factor of safety
c) Design Strength = Ultimate strength /Partial factor of safety
d) Design Strength = Ultimate strength x Partial factor of safety
42 Which of the following criteria is to be satisfied in selection of member in limit state method?
a) Factored Load > Factored Strength
b) Factored Load ≤ Factored Strength
c) Factored Load ≥ Factored Strength
d) Sometimes Factored Load < Factored Strength (or) Factored Load > Factored Strength
43 The partial factor of safety for resistance governed by yielding is :
a) 1.10
b) 1.5
c) 2.0
d) 1.25
44 The partial factor of safety for resistance governed by ultimate strength is :
a) 1.10
b) 1.5
c) 2.0
d) 1.25
45 Which IS code is used for calculating different loads on different structures?
a) IS 800
b) IS 200
c) IS 300
d) IS 875
46 Which of the following load is to be considered on liquid retaining structure?
a) hydrostatic load
b) wave and current load
c) earth pressure
d) dynamic load
47 What is P-Δ effect?
a) earthquake load
b) second order moments arising from joint displaced
c) second order moments arising from member deflection
d) load due to shrinkage effect
48 The probability that a specific load will be exceeded during life of structure depends on _______
a) wind
b) factor of safety
c) partial factor of safety
d) period of exposure
49 What is characteristic load?
a) seismic load
b) load which will be exceeded by certain probability during life of structure
c) load which will not be exceeded by certain probability during life of structure
d) pressure load
50 Which of the following is not included in imposed load classification?
a) Residential load
b) Earthquake load
c) Industrial load
d) Educational load
51 What is the minimum imposed load on roof trusses as per IS code?

a) 0.5 kN/m2
b) 0.4 kN/m2
c) 0.9 kN/m2
d) 0.75 kN/m2
52 For roofs of slope greater than 10˚, the imposed load is reduced by ____ for every degree rise in slope.
a) 0.02 kN/m2
b) 0.05 kN/m2
c) 0.75 kN/m2
d) 0.5 kN/m2
53 Calculate imposed load on roof truss of span 20m with slope of 20o.
a) 0.75 kN/m2
b) 0.95 kN/m2
c) 0.45 kN/m2
d) 0.55 kN/m2
54 Which IS Code is used for designing a structure considering earthquake loads?
a) IS 800
b) IS 875
c) IS 1893
d) IS 456
What is the load factor considered for steel structures when combination of dead load and earthquake load is
55
considered?
a) 1.5
b) 1.3
c) 1.2
d) 1.7
What is the load factor considered for steel structures when combination of dead load, imposed load and
56
earthquake load is considered?
a) 1.5
b) 1.3
c) 1.2
d) 1.7
57 For earthquake loads, axially loaded members have to resist ________________
a) tension only
b) compression only
c) both tension and compression
d) bending moment
58 For earthquake loads, beams are designed to resist ________________
a) tension only
b) positive and negative bending moments
c) compression only
d) torsion
59 Structures are designed for seismic forces which is ____ than expected seismic force.
a) lesser
b) greater
c) equal to
d) seismic forces are not considered
60 Which of the following factors does not influence earthquake resistance design?
a) geographical location of structure
b) wind of location
c) site soil
d) strength of structure
61 Structures should be designed such that ___________
a) Minor and frequent earthquakes can collapse the structure
b) Moderate earthquakes can cause damage to the structure
c) Major earthquakes should not cause any damage to the structure and the structure should be functional
d) Minor earthquake should not cause any damage to the structure and the structure should be functional
62 Which of the following assumption is correct for earthquake design resistant structure?
a) Earthquake will not occur simultaneously with wind

b) Earthquake will occur simultaneously with maximum flood
c) Earthquake will occur simultaneously with maximum sea waves
d) Earthquake will occur simultaneously with wind
63 Which analysis is used to obtain design seismic force?
a) Elastic Analysis
b) Plastic Analysis
c) Dynamic Analysis
d) Both elastic and plastic analysis
64 Which of the following relation is correct for design horizontal seismic coefficient?
a) A = ZISa*2Rg
b) A = ZISa/2Rg
c) A = ZISa-2Rg
d) A = ZISa+2Rg
65 What is structural response factor?

a) factor denoting the acceleration response spectrum of the structure subjected to earthquake ground
vibrations
b) factor by which the actual base shear force is reduced
c) factor to obtain the design spectrum
d) factor used to obtain the design seismic force
66 Wind pressure acting normal to individual is element or claddity unit is _________
a) F = [ (Cpe – Cpi)A/pd].
b) F = [ (Cpe + Cpi)A/pd].
c) F = [ (Cpe – Cpi)Apd].
d) F = [ (Cpe – Cpi)/Apd].
Internal pressure coefficient in a building is positive if acting from ________ and external pressure
67
coefficient in a building is positive if acting from ___________
a) outside to inside, inside to outside
b) inside to outside, outside to inside
c) outside to inside, outside to inside
d) inside to outside, inside to outside

68 Which IS Code is used for design loads for buildings and structures for wind load?
a) IS 456
b) IS 875 Part 3
c) IS 500
d) IS 1280
69 IS Code gives basic wind speed averaged over a short interval of ______
a) 10 seconds
b) 20 seconds
c) 5 seconds
d) 3 seconds
70 Positive sign of pressure coefficient indicates ______________
a) pressure acting towards the surface
b) pressure acting away the surface
c) pressure acting above the surface
d) pressure acting below the surface

Which of the following relation is correct for pressure coefficient?Vp = Actual wind speed at any point on
71
structure at height corresponding to Vz (design wind speed)
a) [1+(Vp/Vz)^2].
b) [1+(Vz/Vp)^2].
c) [1-(Vz/Vp)^2].
d) [1-(Vp/Vz)^2].
72 What is return period?

a) number of years, the reciprocal of which gives the probability of extreme wind exceeding given wind
speed in any one year
b) number of years, the reciprocal of which gives the probability of extreme wind less than given wind speed
in any one year
c) number of years, the reciprocal of which gives the probability of mild wind exceeding given wind speed in
any one year
d) number of years, the reciprocal of which gives the probability of mild wind less than given wind speed in
any one year
73 Wind Pressure at any height of structure does not depend on _______
a) velocity and density of air
b) angle of wind attack

c) topography of ground surface
d) material of structure
74 Which of the following relation is correct for design wind speed (Vz) and basic wind speed (Vb) ?
a) Vz ∝ Vb2
b) Vz ∝ 1/Vb2
c) Vz ∝ Vb
d) Vz ∝ 1/Vb
Calculate design wind speed for a site in a city with basic wind speed of 50 m/s, risk coefficient =1,
75
topography factor = 1, terrain is with closely spaced buildings and height of building (class A) = 15m.
a) 40 m/s
b) 48.5 m/s
c) 50 m/s
d) 52.5 m/s
76 Which of the following relation between design pressure, pz and design wind speed, Vz is correct?
a) pz ∝ Vz^2
b) pz ∝ 1/Vz^2
c) pz ∝ Vz
d) pz ∝ 1/Vz
Calculate the design wind pressure if the basic wind speed is 44 m/s, risk coefficient is 1, topography factor
77
is 1, terrain is with closely spaced buildings and height of building(class A) = 20m .
a) 1285 N/m2
b) 1580 N/m2
c) 1085 N/m2
d) 1185 N/m2
What is the partial safety factor for combination of DL+LL for limit state of strength, where DL=Dead load,
78
LL=imposed load?
a) 1.2
b) 1.0
c) 0.8
d) 1.5
79 Which of the following load combination is not possible?

a) Dead load + imposed load + wind load
b) Dead load + imposed load + earthquake load
c) Dead load + wind load + earthquake load
d) Dead load + imposed load

What is the partial safety factor for dead load in combination of DL+LL+WL/EL for limit state of
80
serviceability, where DL=Dead load, LL=imposed load , WL=wind load, EL=earthquake load ?
a) 1.0
b) 0.8
c) 1.5
d) 1.2
What is the partial safety factor for dead load in combination of DL+ WL/EL for limit state of serviceability,
81
where DL=Dead load, WL=wind load, EL=earthquake load ?
a) 1.0
b) 1.5
c) 1.2
d) 0.8
What is the partial safety factor for imposed load in combination of DL+LL+AL , where DL=Dead load,
82
WL=wind load, AL=Accidental load ?
a) 1.0
b) 0.5
c) 0.4
d) 0.35
83 The design action effects for design basis earthquake loads is obtained by _____________
a) Elastic Analysis
b) Plastic Analysis
c) Advanced Analysis
d) Dynamic Analysis
84 What is non-sway frame?
a) transverse displacement of one end of member relative to other end is not effectively prevented
b) longitudinal displacement of one end of member relative to other end is not effectively prevented
c) transverse displacement of one end of member relative to other end is effectively prevented
d) longitudinal displacement of one end of member relative to other end is effectively prevented
85 What is non-sway frame?
a) transverse displacement of one end of member relative to other end is not effectively prevented
b) longitudinal displacement of one end of member relative to other end is not effectively prevented
c) transverse displacement of one end of member relative to other end is effectively prevented
d) longitudinal displacement of one end of member relative to other end is effectively prevented
86 In simple construction, connection between members at their junction will __________
a) resist moment
b) resist force
c) not resist force
d) not resist moment
87 What percent of factored load is notional horizontal force?
a) 0.5%
b) 1%
c) 10%
d) 20%
88 In first order elastic analysis, equilibrium is expressed in terms of ___________
a) geometry of deformed structure
b) geometry of undeformed structure
c) geometry of both deformed and undeformed structure
d) geometry of any structure
89 Which of the following is not an assumption of first order elastic analysis of rigid jointed frame?
a) materials behave linearly
b) yielding effects can be ignored
c) member instability effects cannot be ignored
d) frame instability effects can be ignored
90 Basic objective of second order elastic analysis is :
a) to calculate external force equilibrium in deformed geometry of structure

b) to calculate internal force equilibrium in deformed geometry of structure
c) to calculate external force equilibrium in undeformed geometry of structure
d) to calculate internal force equilibrium in undeformed geometry of structure
91 First order analysis yields bending moment equal to those for a _____
a) cantilever beam
b) continuous beam
c) fixed beam
d) simply supported beam
92 When plastic analysis is used, the yield stress of grade of steel used shall not exceed _____
a) 250 MPa
b) 500 MPa
c) 450 MPa
d) 800 MPa
93 What is riveting?
a) the process of making holes in the structure
b) process of making mould for structure
c) method of joining together pieces of metal by inserting ductile metal pins called rivets
d) method of joining together pieces of metal by inserting non ductile metal pins called rivets
94 Size of rivet hole is _________ size of rivet
a) more than
b) less than
c) equal to
d) not compared with
95 Hammering is done in rivet to _______
a) give proper shape to rivet
b) completely fill up the rivet hole
c) partially fill up the rivet hole
d) make a rivet hole

96 Which of the following about rivet is correct?
a) causes low level of noise pollution
b) it does not require skilled work
c) labour cost is low
d) removing poorly installed rivet is costly
97 Which of the following is correct?
a) effective diameter of rivets = rivet hole diameter
b) effective diameter of rivets = nominal diameter of rivet
c) effective diameter of rivets = 1.5 x rivet hole diameter
d) effective diameter of rivets = 1.5 x nominal diameter of rivet
98 Diameter of head for button head rivet is ______
a) 1.60d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
b) 2.5d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
c) 3d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
d) 5d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
99 Height of head for flat countersunk head rivet is ______
a) 0.7d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
b) 0.5d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
c) 0.43d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
d) 0.25d, where d=nominal rivet diameter
100 Tolerance on length for rivet diameter > 16mm is_____
a) 1.5mm
b) 2mm
c) 5mm
d) 3mm
101 Which of the following assumption is true for rivet connection?
a) friction between plates is considered
b) distribution of direct stress on portions of plates between rivet holes is uniform

c) bending stresses are considered
d) shear stress is not uniform on cross section of rivet
102 Rivets in group subjected to direct loads share load ________
a) equally
b) unequally
c) according to rivet diameter
d) rivets are not used in groups
103 What is the yield strength of bolt of class 4.6?
a) 400 N/mm2
b) 240 N/mm2
c) 250 N/mm2
d) 500 N/mm2
a) size of hole = nominal diameter of fastener – clearances
b) size of hole = nominal diameter of fastener x clearances
c) size of hole = nominal diameter of fastener / clearances
d) size of hole = nominal diameter of fastener + clearances
105 High strength bolt is used for ____________
a) shear connection
b) slip resistant connection only
c) bearing type connection only
d) both slip resistant and bearing type connection
106 Which of the following is advantage of HSFG bolts over bearing type bolts?
a) joints are not rigid
b) bolts are subjected to shearing and bearing stresses
c) high strength fatigue
d) low static strength
107 Which of the following is correct for pitch of the bolts and gauge?
a) pitch is measured along direction of load, gauge is measured perpendicular to direction of load
b) pitch is measured perpendicular direction of load, gauge is measured along to direction of load
c) pitch is measured along direction of load, gauge is measured along to direction of load
d) pitch is measured perpendicular direction of load, gauge is measured perpendicular to direction of load
108 What is the minimum pitch distance?
a) 2.0 x nominal diameter of fastener
b) 3.0 x nominal diameter of fastener
c) 1.5 x nominal diameter of fastener
d) 2.5 x nominal diameter of fastener
109 Maximum pitch distance = ______________
a) 16 x thickness of thinner plate
b) 32 x thickness of thinner plate
c) 40 x thickness of thinner plate
d) 20 x thickness of thinner plate
110 Pitch shall not be more than ___ in tension member and _______ in compression member.
a) 12t, 16t, where t = thickness of thinner plate
b) 20t, 16t, where t = thickness of thinner plate
c) 16t, 12t, where t = thickness of thinner plate
d) 16t, 20t, where t = thickness of thinner plate
111 In case of staggered pitch, pitch may be increased by ______
a) 50%
b) 20%
c) 100%
d) 30%
112 What is the difference between end and edge distance?

a) Edge distance is measured parallel to direction of stress, while end distance is measured perpendicular to
direction of stress
b) Edge distance is measured parallel to direction of stress, while end distance is measured parallel to
direction of stress
c) Edge distance is measured perpendicular to direction of stress, while end distance is measured
perpendicular to direction of stress
d) Edge distance is measured perpendicular to direction of stress, while end distance is measured parallel to
direction of stress
113 Maximum gauge length is _________
a) 100+4t, where t is thickness of thinner plate
b) 100-4t, where t is thickness of thinner plate
c) 4t, where t is thickness of thinner plate
d) 100mm
114 Minimum edge distance and end distance for rolled, machine flame cut is
a) 1.7 x hole diameter
b) 1.2 x hole diameter
c) 1.5 x hole diameter
d) 2.0 x hole diameter
115 Maximum edge distance should not exceed ______
a) 10tε, where ε = √(250/fy), t = thickness of thinner outer plate
b) 20tε, where ε = √(250/fy), t = thickness of thinner outer plate
c) 16tε, where ε = √(250/fy), t = thickness of thinner outer plate
d) 12tε, where ε = √(250/fy), t = thickness of thinner outer plate
116 Tacking fasteners are used when _______
a) minimum distance between centre of two adjacent fasteners is exceeded
b) maximum distance between centre of two adjacent fasteners is exceeded
c) maximum distance between centre of two adjacent fasteners is not exceeded
d) for aesthetic appearance
117 Spacing of tacking fasteners when exposed to weather should not exceed ______
a) 32t, where t= thickness of outside plate
b) 25t, where t= thickness of outside plate
c) 20t, where t= thickness of outside plate
d) 16t, where t= thickness of outside plate

In case of compression members where forces are transferred through butting faces, pitch shall not exceed
118
___ for a distance of 1.5 times width of member from butting faces.
a) 4.5d, where d= diameter of fasteners
b) 5d, where d= diameter of fasteners
c) 2.5d, where d= diameter of fasteners
d) 5.5d, where d= diameter of fasteners
119 Shear strength of bolt is given by ____
a) fu(nnAnb+ nsAsb)/(√3 x 1.1)
b) fy(nnAnb+ nsAsb)/(√3 x 1.1)
c) fu(nnAnb+ nsAsb)/(√3 x 1.25)
d) fy(nnAnb+ nsAsb)/(√3 x 1.25)

Nominal bearing strength of bolt is 2.5kbdtfu where kb depends on
120
(i) end distance, (ii)pitch distance, (iii)ultimate tensile stress of bolt, (iv)shank area of bolt, (v)yield stress of
a) i, ii, iv, v
b) i, ii, iii, vi
c) ii, iii, iv, v
d) iii, iv, v, vi
121 Tensile strength of bolt is given by
a) 0.9fubAn/1.1
b) 0.9fybAn/1.1
c) 0.9fubAn/1.25
d) 0.9fybAn/1.25
122 Proof stress for minimum bolt tension is :
a) 0.7fub
b) 0.5fub
c) 0.7fyb
d) 0.5fyb
123 Which of the following equation is correct for bolt subjected to combined shear and tension?
a) (Vsb/Vdb)2 + (Tsb/Tdb)2 ≤ 1
b) (Vsb/Vdb)2 + (Tsb/Tdb)2 ≥ 1
c) (Vsb/Vdb) + (Tsb/Tdb) ≤ 1
d) (Vsb/Vdb) + (Tsb/Tdb) ≥ 1
124 Shear Capacity of HSFG bolts is
a) μfnekhFo
b) μfnekhFoγmf
c) μfnekhoγmf
d) μfnekhFo/γmf
The maximum number of bolts of diameter 25mm that can be accomodated in one row in 200mm wide flat
125
are:
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
126 Calculate strength in shear of 16mm diameter of bolt of grade 4.6 for lap joint
a) 50 kN
b) 40 kN
c) 29 kN
d) 59 kN
127 What is the value of kb in nominal bearing strength for a bolt of 20mm diameter of grade 4.6?
a) 0.5
b) 1
c) 0.97
d) 2
Calculate bearing strength of 20mm diameter bolt of grade 4.6 for joining main plates of 10mm thick using
128
cover plate of 8mm thick using single cover butt joint.
a) 70.26 kN
b) 109.82 kN
c) 50.18 kN
d) 29.56 kN
Find the number of HSFG bolts of diameter 20mm, grade 88 for connection of member carrying factored
129
tensile load of 200kN when no slip is permitted.
a) 5
b) 4
c) 3
d) 2
What is the efficiency of joint when strength of bolt per pitch length is 60kN and strength of plate per pitch
130
length is 150kN?
a) 25%
b) 30%
c) 35%
d) 40%
131 Strength of bolt is
a) minimum of shear strength and bearing capacity of bolt
b) maximum of shear strength and bearing capacity of bolt
c) shear strength of bolt
d) bearing capacity of bolt
132 Prying forces are
a) friction forces
b) shear forced
c) tensile forces
d) bending forces
133 What are pin connections?
a) structural members connected by bolts
b) structural members connected by cylindrical pins
c) structural members connected by bolts and pins
d) structural members connected by welding
134 Pin connections are provided when _______ required.
a) hinge joint
b) fixed joint
c) irrotational joint
d) rigid joint
135 Pins used for the connection _________

a) does not affect secondary stresses
b) increase secondary stresses
c) reduce secondary stresses
d) doubles secondary stresses
136 Forces acting on pin are ______ those on bolt
a) less than
d) equal to
c) half the force
d) greater than
137 In which of the following cases pin connections are not used?
a) truss bridge girders
b) hinged arches
c) tall buildings
d) diagonal bracing connection
138 Shear capacity of pin when rotation is allowed is given by
a) 0.5fypA
b) 0.6fypA
c) 0.7fypA
d) 0.8fypA
139 Bearing capacity of pin when rotation is not allowed is given by
a) 0.8fypdt
b) 0.6fypdt
c) 0.7fypdt
d) 1.5fypdt
140 Moment capcity of pin when rotation is not allowed is given by
a) 0.8fypZ
b) 0.6fypZ
c) 1.5fypZ
d) 2.0fypZ
141 Members joined by pin connections are separated some distance _____
a) to allow friction
b) to allow for bolt heads
c) to allow bending
d) to allow to be removed
142 Design of pin connections is primarily governed by
a) shear
b) bending
c) flexure
d) friction
143 Simple connections are used to transmit ______
a) forces
b) moments
c) stresses
d) both force and moment
144 Which of the following statement is true?
a) lap joint eliminates eccentricity of applied load, butt joint results in eccentricity at connection
b) lap joint and butt joint eliminates eccentricity at connection
c) lap joint results in eccentricity of applied load, butt joint eliminates eccentricity at connection
d) lap joint and butt joint results in eccentricity of applied load
145 In a lap joint, at least __________ bolts should be provided in a line.
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
146 Use of lap joints is not recommended because
a) stresses are distributed unevenly

b) eccentricity is eliminated
c) bolts are in double shear
d) no bending is produced
147 Why is double cover butt joint preferred over single cover butt joint or lap joint?
a) bolts are in single shear
b) eliminates eccentricity
c) bending in bolts
d) shear force is not transmitted
148 Clip and seating angle connection is provided for
a) lateral support
b) bending support
c) frictional support
d) hinged support
149 In flexible end plate design, beam is designed for the
a) maximum bending moment
b) shear force
c) torsional moment
d) zero end moment
150 which of the following condition is true for web side plate connection?
a) HSFG bolts should be used
b) Bolts should be designed to fail by shear of bolt
c) Bolts should be designed to fail by bearing of connected plies
d) Edge distances must be less than two times the bolt diameter
Moment Resistant Connections transfer
151
(i) Moments, (ii)Axial force, (iii)shear force
a) i only
b) i and ii
c) ii and iii
d) i, ii and iii
The effect of twisting moment and shear force on the bolt group cause ____ whereas bending moment and
152
shear force cause ________
a) shear force on the bolts, tension and shear in the bolt
b) tension and shear in the bolt, shear force on the bolts
c) shear force on the bolts, shear force on the bolts
d) tension and shear in the bolt, tension and shear in the bolt
153 If bolt group is subjected to applied moment and torque, the number of bolts is given by
a) √(6Mn’pVsd)
b) √(6Mn’/pVsd)
c) √(6M/n’pVsd)
d) √(6Mn’p/Vsd)
154 Clip angle connection are designed to
a) transfer small end moments in addition to large end shear
b) transfer large end shear only
c) transfer small end moments only
d) transfer bending moments
155 Which of the following is true about bracket connections?
a) More rigid than any other connection
b) Fabrication cost is low
c) These connections are used to accommodate less number of bolts
d) They are used to give aesthetic appearance to the structure
156 In bolted moment end plate connection, bending moment , axial force and shear force are transferred by
a) tension only
b) compression only
c) tension and compression
d) friction
157 What is eccentric shear”
a) shear effects caused by concentric load on a bolt group
b) shear effects caused by eccentric load on a bolt group

c) shear effects caused by moment on a bolt group
d) shear effects caused by torsion load on a bolt group
158 Which of the following connections can be used for beam-beam connection?
a) Pin Connection
b) Moment Resistant Connection
c) Simple Connection
d) Complex Connection
159 In practice, secondary beams are connected to main beams by ______
a) web cleats
b) bolts
c) seating angle
d) web cleats and bolts
160 For which of the following conditions rigid construction is required?
a) fixed beam supported by girder
b) cantilever beam supported by girder
c) overhanging beam
d) overhanging beam supported by girder
161 When cantilever beam is supported by girder, the end of cantilever will transfer
a) shear force
b) torsion
c) bending moment
d) shear force and bending moment

In a beam-beam connection, which type of connection is used when top flanges are required to be at same
162
level ?
a) bracket connection
b) combined splice plate/end plate connection
c) combined splice plate/bracket connection
d) moment resistant connection
163 Which of the following is the reason for beams, plate girders and columns being spliced?
a) full length is available from the mill
b) for easy transportation
c) for aesthetic appearance
d) for frictional resistance
164 Which of the following is correct regarding splice plates used for beam splices?
a) plates on the flange should be designed to do the work of the web and plates on the web should be
designed to do the work of the flange
b) plates on the flange should be designed to do the work of the web and plates on the web should be
designed to do the work of the web
c) plates on the flange should be designed to do the work of the flange and plates on the web should be
designed to do the work of the flange
d) plates on the flange should be designed to do the work of the flange and plates on the web should be
designed to do the work of the web
165 According to IS code, strength of spliced portion ________ of the effective strength of material spliced.
a) should not be less than 50%
b) should be less than 50%
c) should not be less than 80%
d) should be less than 80%
166 Choose the correct option from the following regarding basic forms of beam splices.
a) Flush end plates are used when bending moments to be resisted are high
b) Extended end plates are used when bending moments to be resisted are not high
c) Flush end plates are used when bending moments to be resisted are modest
d) Extended end plates are used when torsional moments to be resisted are not high
167 When are longitudinal stiffeners introduced to beam splices?
a) when change in size between two sections of beam occurs
b) when change in size between two sections of beam does not occur
c) when change in moment between two sections of beam occurs
d) when change in moment between two sections of beam does not occur
168 In direct end bearing arrangement for column splices,
a) load is transferred through splices
b) splices are designed only to resist accidental tension
c) bending moment is transferred through splices

d) splices are designed only to resist bending moment
169 Which of the following is true regarding arrangement of leaving a gap between the ends for column splices?
a) load is transferred through splices
b) splices are designed only to resist accidental tension
c) load is transferred through contact area
d) splices are designed only to resist bending moment
170 Which of the following is true when end plate splices is used for columns?
a) Short end plates are used for heavy moments
b) Extended end plates are used for moderate moments
c) Short end plates are used for moderate moments
d) Short end plates and extended end plates are used for moderate moments
171 Position of splices should be _____ in normal practice.
a) at mid height of columns
b) at three fourth height of column from bottom of column
c) at three fourth height of column from top of column
d) just above the floor level
172 Which of the following parameters control the quality of weld?
a) composition of electrode
b) size of electrode
c) size of metal plate
d) composition of metal plate
173 Why is electrode coated with a flux in shielded metal arc welding?
a) for shiny appearance of electrode
b) to make welding faster
c) to increase the melting of electrode
d) to protect the electrode
174 Which of the following can be non-low hydrogen process?
a) Shielded metal arc welding

b) Submerged arc welding
c) Gas-shielded metal arc welding
d) Flux core arc welding
175 Why hydrogen not used excessively for welding?
a) increases welding rate
b) decreases welding rate
c) destroys the metal plate
d) affects the weld
176 Which of the following is true about shielded metal arc welding?
a) equipment cost is high
b) cannot weld different types of metals
c) cannot be used for metal sheets under 1.5mm thickness
d) entire electrode can be used
177 Which of the following is not correct about submerged arc welding?
a) high deposition rate
b) short set-up time
c) high quality welds
d) slag removal needed
178 Choose the correct option regarding metal-active gas welding?
a) not suitable for thin metal sheets
b) need to stop welding to change the consumed electrode
c) equipment is not expensive
d) high deposition rate

What is the differentiating factor between flux core arc welding and gas-shielded metal arc welding
179
processes?
a) structure and chemical composition of electrode
b) structure and chemical composition of metal plate
c) time of welding
d) process of welding
180 Which of the following is true about flux core arc welding?
a) low deposition rate
b) cannot weld narrow angles
c) slag removal required
d) generates less volume of fumes and smoke.
181 Which of the following welding process is preferred for field application?
b) Submerged arc welding
182 Which of the following is not correct about electro slag welding?
a) high deposition rates
b) welds flat or vertical joints only
c) multiple electrodes may not be used
d) complicated set-up
183 Which of the following process does not have high deposition rate?
b) Electro Slag welding
184 Arrange the following welds in ascending order as per their usage in structural engineering applications.
a) fillet weld, groove weld, slot and plug weld
b) slot and plug weld, groove weld, fillet weld
c) groove weld, fillet weld, slot and plug weld
d) fillet weld, slot and plug weld, groove weld
185 Which of the following type of weld is most suitable for lap and T-joints?
a) Fillet weld
b) Groove weld
c) Slot weld
d) Plug weld
186 Which of the following is true about back-up strip provided at bottom of single-V grooves?
a) Back-up strips are commonly used when welding is done from both the sides
b) Back-up strips are commonly used when root opening is sufficient
c) It creates a problem of burn-through
d) It introduces a crevice into the weld geometry
187 The size of root gap and root face for groove weld does not depend on :
a) type of welding process
b) welding position
c) type of metal plate
d) volume of deposited material
188 Which of the following groove weld is used for plates of thickness more than 40mm?
a) Double-bevel
b) Single-J
c) Single-U
d) Double-U
189 Groove welds should have ________ strength as member they join.
a) same
b) less
c) greater
d) half
190 Which of the following is not true regarding fillet welds?
a) They require less precision in fitting up two sections
b) They are adopted in field as well as shop welding
c) They are assumed to fail in tension
d) They are cheaper than groove welds
191 Which of the following is true about slot and plug welds?
a) They are extensively used in steel construction
b) They are assumed to fail in shear
c) The inspection of these welds is easy
d) They are normally used to connect members carrying tensile loads
192 Choose the correct option regarding weld metal.
a) Weld metal is same as parent metal
b) Weld metal is same as steel
c) It has higher yield to ultimate ratio
d) It has higher ductility compared to structural steel
193 Which of the following is not true regarding pre-heating of heat affected zone ?
a) Pre-heating does not help to reduce heat affected zone cracks
b) Pre-heating increases the cost of welding
c) It is done to remove surface moisture in highly humid conditions
d) It is done to disperse hydrogen away from weld pool and heat affected zone
194 The production of sound welds is not governed by ______
a) type of joint
b) choice of electrode
c) type of metal plate
d) arc length
195 Which of the following is not a reason for incomplete fusion?
a) surfaces to be jointed are coated with oxides
b) insufficient current supplied by welding equipment
c) high rate of welding
d) use of large electrode
196 Which of the following is true?
a) incomplete penetration is found in fillet welds
b) it is due to use of large size of electrodes
c) it is due to excessive welding current

d) it is due to insufficient welding rates
197 Which of the following is not true?
a) Porosity is caused due to insufficient current
b) It is caused due to longer arc length
c) It may be due to poor welding procedure
d) It results in stress concentration
198 Which of the following is true regarding undercutting defect?
a) Undercutting is due to local increase of thickness of parent metal at weld toe
b) It is due to insufficient current
c) It can be corrected by depositing additional weld material
d) It is not easy to detect
199 Hot cracks can be prevented by __________
a) faster cooling
b) non uniform heating
c) pre-heating
d) slower cooling
200 Cold cracks can be prevented by __________
a) uniform heating
b) by use of low hydrogen electrode
c) faster cooling
d) slower cooling
201 The types of welded joints does not depend on _________
a) size of members connected at joint
b) type of loading
c) area available for welding
d) size of weld
202 Which of the following are correct regarding butt joints over lap joints?
a) Lap joints eliminates eccentricity whereas butt joints develops eccentricity

b) Butt joints minimizes the size of connection
c) Lap joints are aesthetically pleasing over butt joints
d) Butt joint obtained from full penetration groove weld has 50% efficiency
203 What is face reinforcement used in butt joint?
a) It is extra weld metal that makes throat dimensions greater than the thickness of the welded material
b) It is extra weld metal that makes the throat dimensions smaller than the thickness of the welded material
c) It is extra weld metal that makes the throat dimensions equal to the thickness of the welded material
d) It is parent metal makes that the throat dimensions smaller than the thickness of the welded material
When plates of two different thicknesses and/or widths are joined, the wider or thicker part should be
204
reduced at the butt joint to make __________
a) thickness less than smaller part, the slope being steeper than one in five
b) thickness greater than smaller part, the slope being steeper than one in five
c) thickness equal to smaller part, the slope not being steeper than one in five
d) thickness equal to smaller part, the slope being steeper than one in five
205 Which of the following is not true regarding lap joint?
a) Connection using lap joint requires large number of erection bolts
b) It can accommodate minor errors in fabrication
c) Lap joints are well suited for shop as well as field welding
d) It introduces some eccentricity of loads
206 T-joints are not used to fabricate _________
a) I-shapes
b) T-shapes
c) Brackets
d) Plates joined at straight angles
207 Which of the following are not the assumptions made in the analysis of welded joints?
a) welds connecting various joints are homogenous, isotropic
b) parts connected by weld are rigid
c) only stresses due to internal forces are considered
d) effects of residual stresses are neglected

208 The minimum size of fillet weld should _______
a) not be less than 3mm
b) be less than 3mm
c) be less than 2mm
d) greater than thickness of thinner part joined
209 The maximum size of fillet weld is obtained by _______
a) adding 1.5mm to thickness of thinner member to be jointed
b) adding 3mm to thickness of thinner member to be jointed
c) subtracting 3mm from thickness of thinner member to be jointed
d) subtracting 1.5mm from thickness of thinner member to be jointed
210 What is the minimum specified length of fillet weld?
a) two times the size of weld
b) four times the size of weld
c) six times the size of weld
d) half the size of weld
211 Effective length of fillet weld is _______
a) equal to overall length plus twice the weld size
b) twice the overall length plus twice the weld size
c) equal to overall length minus twice the weld size
d) twice the overall length minus twice the weld size
212 End returns are made ________
a) equal to twice the size of weld
b) equal to half the size of weld
c) equal to the size of weld
d) equal to thrice the size of weld
213 Which of the following is not true regarding effective throat thickness of weld?
a) Effective throat thickness should not be less than 3mm
b) It should not exceed 0.7t or 1t, where t is thickness of thinner plate of elements being welded
c) Effective throat thickness = K x size of weld, where K is a constant
d) Effective throat thickness = K x (size of weld)2 , where K is a constant

The effective throat thickness is K times the size of weld. What is the value of K when angle between fusion
214
faces is 80˚?
a) 0.5
b) 0.65
c) 0.7
d) 1
215 The length of overlap of plates to be fillet welded in lap joint ____
a) should not be less than 4 times the thickness of thinner part
b) should be less than 4 times the thickness of thinner part
c) should be less than 2 times the thickness of thinner part
d) should not be less than 2 times the thickness of thinner part
216 Which of the following option is incorrect?
a) Effective length of groove weld should not be less than 4 times the weld size
b) Effective length of groove weld should be less than 4 times the weld size
c) Effective length of intermittent weld should not be less than 4 times the weld size
d) Effective length of intermittent weld should have a minimum length 80mm
217 The design nominal strength of fillet weld is given by ____________
a) fu
b) √3 fu
c) fu/√3
d) fu/(1.25 x √3)
218 When welds are subjected to compressive or tensile or shear force alone, the stress in weld is given by :
a) P/ttlw
b) Ptt/lw
c) Pttlw
d) Plw/tt
219 When fillet welds are subjected to combination of normal and shear stress, the equivalent stress is given by :
a) √(fa^2+q^2)
b) √(fa^2+2q^2)
c) √(3fa^2+q^2)
d) √(fa^2+3q^2)
Two plates of 12mm and 16mm thickness are to be joined by groove weld. The joint is subjected to factored
220
tensile load of 400kN. Due to some reasons the effective length of weld that could be provided was 150mm
a) Safe
b) Unsafe
c) Unsafe, but adequate
d) Safe, but adequate

What is the effective throat thickness dimension of 10mm fillet weld made by shielded metal arc welding
221
and submerged arc welding?
a) 4.6mm, 5mm
b) 5mm, 4.6mm
c) 8.6mm, 7mm
d) 7mm, 8.6mm
222 What is the strength of weld per mm length used to connect two plates of 10mm thickness using a lap joint?
a) 795.36 N/mm
b) 295.5N/mm
c) 552.6 N/mm
d) 487.93 N/mm
What is the overall length of fillet weld to be provided for lap joint to transmit a factored load of 100kN?
223
Assume site welds and width and thickness of plate as 75mm and 8mm respectively, Fe410 steel.
a) 500mm
b) 382mm
c) 201mm
d) 468mm
224 The clear spacing between effective lengths of intermittent welds should not be ______
a) less than 16t in case of tension joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
b) less than 12t in case of compression joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
c) less than 20t in case of tension joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
d) less than 20t in case of compression joint, where t is thickness of thinner plate
225 What are steel tension members?
a) Structural elements that are subjected to direct compressive loads
b) Structural elements that are subjected to direct tensile loads
c) Structural elements that are subjected to indirect compressive loads
d) Structural elements that are subjected to indirect tensile loads
226 The strength of tensile members is not influenced by :
a) length of connection
b) net area of cross section
c) type of fabrication
d) length of plate
227 Which of the following statement is correct?
a) single angle section with bolted connection produce eccentricity about both planes
b) single angle section with bolted connection produce eccentricity about one plane only
c) single angle section with welded connection produce eccentricity about both planes
d) single angle section with welded connection does not produce eccentricity about one plane
a) Single angle members are used where members are subjected to reversal of stresses
b) Double angle members are used in towers
c) Single angle members are used as web members in trusses
d) Double angle members are used as web members in trusses
229 What is the difference between strand and wire rope?

a) Strand consists of individual wires wound helically around a central core, wire rope is made of several
strand laid helically around a core
b) Wire rope consists of individual wires wound helically around a central core, strand is made of several
wire ropes laid helically around a core
c) Strand consists of individual wires wound straight around a central core, wire rope is made of several
strand laid helically around a core
d) Wire rope consists of individual wires wound straight around a central core, strand is made of several
wire ropes laid helically around a core
230 Which of the following statement is not correct?
a) Cables in form of wires ropes and strands are used in application where high strength is required
b) Cables are generally long and their flexural rigidity is negligible
c) They are flexible
d) They are recommended in bracing systems
231 Bars and rods are not used as :
a) tension members in bracing systems
b) friction resistant members
c) sag rods to support purlin
d) to support girts in industrial buildings
232 Sagging of members by built up bars and rods may be minimised by
a) increasing length diameter
b) increasing thickness ratio
c) fabricating rod/bar short of its required theoretical length
d) fabricating rod/bar more than its required theoretical length
233 Which of the following type of tension member is not mainly used in modern practice?
a) open section such as angles
b) flat bars
c) double angles
d) circular section
234 Which among the following comparison between angle and flat bars is not true?
a) for light loads, angles are preferred over flat bars
b) flat bar tension members tend to vibrate during passage of load in light bridges
c) flat bars are used instead of angles in case of stress reversal
d) angles are used instead of flat bars in case of stress reversal
a) angles placed on same side of gusset plate produce eccentricity about one plane only
b) angles placed on same side of gusset plate produce eccentricity about two planes
c) angles placed on opposite side of gusset plate produce eccentricity about one plane only
d) angles placed on opposite side of gusset plate produce eccentricity about two planes
236 Which of the following is true about built up section?
a) Built up members are less rigid than single rolled section
b) Single rolled section are formed to meet required area which cannot be provided by built up members
c) Built up members can be made sufficiently stiff
d) Built up sections are not desirable when stress reversal occurs
237 What is slenderness ratio of a tension member?
a) ratio of its least radius of gyration to its unsupported length
b) ratio of its unsupported length to its least radius of gyration
c) ratio of its maximum radius of gyration to its unsupported length
d) ratio of its unsupported length to its maximum radius of gyration
238 What is the maximum effective slenderness ratio for a tension member in which stress reversal occurs?
a) 180
b) 200
c) 280
d) 300
What is the maximum effective slenderness ratio for a member subjected to compressive forces resulting
239
only from combination of wind/earthquake actions?
a) 180
b) 200
c) 340
d) 250
What is the maximum effective slenderness ratio for a member normally acting as a tie in roof truss or a
240
bracing member?
a) 180
b) 200
c) 350
d) 400
241 What is the maximum effective slenderness ratio for members always in tension?
a) 400
b) 200
c) 350
d) 150
242 The limits specified for slenderness ratio are not
a) applicable to cables
b) applicable to angle sections
c) applicable to built-up sections
d) applicable to circular sections
243 The displacement of tension member under service load is given by
a) PLEAg
b) PLE/Ag
c) PL/EAg
d) P/LEAg
244 What is gross section yielding?

a) considerable deformation of the member in longitudinal direction may take place before it fractures,
making the structure unserviceable
b) considerable deformation of the member in longitudinal direction may take place before it fractures,
making the structure serviceable
c) considerable deformation of the member in lateral direction may take place before it fractures, making the
structure unserviceable
d) considerable deformation of the member in lateral direction may take place before it fractures, making the
structure serviceable
245 What is net section rupture failure?
a) rupture of member when the cross section reaches yield stress
b) rupture of member when the cross section reaches ultimate stress
c) rupture of member when the cross section reaches less value than yield stress
d) rupture of member when the cross section is reaches very less value than ultimate stress
246 The tensile stress adjacent to hole will be ____________
a) about five times the average stress on the net area
b) about half the average stress on the net area
c) equal to average stress on the net area
d) about two to three times the average stress on the net area
247 What is stress concentration factor?

a) ratio of average stress to maximum elastic stress
b) product of average stress and maximum elastic stress
c) ratio of maximum elastic stress to average stress
d) twice the average stress
248 What is block shear failure?

a) failure of fasteners occurs along path involving tension on one plane and shear on perpendicular plane
along fasteners
b) failure of member occurs along path involving tension on one plane and shear on perpendicular plane
along fasteners
c) failure of member occurs along path involving tension on one plane and shear on parallel plane along
fasteners
d) failure of fasteners occurs along path involving tension on one plane and shear on parallel plane along
fasteners
249 The possibility of block shear failure increases by
a) larger connection length
b) increasing the number of bolts per connection
c) with use of low strength bolts
d) with use of high bearing strength material

a) stress and strain calculated using initial cross section area and initial gauge length are referred to as true
stress and true strain
b) stress and strain calculated using current cross section area and initial gauge length are referred to as true
stress and engineering strain
c) stress and strain calculated using initial cross section area and initial gauge length are referred to as
engineering stress and engineering strain
d) stress and strain calculated using current cross section area and gauge length are referred to as
engineering stress and engineering strain
251 Arrange the regions of engineering stress-strain curve in order from right to left as in graph
a) strain softening region, strain hardening region, yield plateau, linear elastic region
b) strain hardening region, strain softening region, linear elastic region, yield plateau
c) strain softening region, yield plateau, linear elastic region, strain hardening region
d) strain hardening region, linear elastic region, yield plateau, strain softening region
252 Which of the following is true regarding engineering stress-strain curve?

a) it gives true indication of deformation characteristics of metal because it is entirely based on true
dimensions of specimen
b) it does not gives true indication of deformation characteristics of metal because it is entirely based on true
c) it gives true indication of deformation characteristics of metal because it is not entirely based on true
d) it does not gives true indication of deformation characteristics of metal because it is not entirely based on
true dimensions of specimen
253 Choose the correct option
a) post ultimate strain softening in engineering stress strain curve is present in true stress strain curve
b) post ultimate strain softening in true stress strain curve is absent in engineering stress strain curve
c) post ultimate strain softening in true stress strain curve is present
d) post ultimate strain softening in engineering stress strain curve is absent in true stress strain curve
254 What is the yield point for high strength steel?
a) 0.5% of offset load
b) 0.2% of offset load
c) 0.1% of offset load
d) 1.5% of offset load
255 True stress strain curve is also known as
a) flow curve
b) un-flow curve
c) elastic curve
d) parabolic curve
256 The design strength of tension member corresponding to gross section yielding is given by :
a) γm0 fyAg
b) γm0fy/Ag
c) fy/Ag γm0
d) fyAg/ γm0
a) Net area = Gross area x deductions
b) Net area = Gross area + deductions
c) Net area = Gross area – deductions
d) Net area = Gross area / deductions
258 The design strength of tension member corresponding to net section rupture is given by :
a) Anfyγm1
b) 0.9Anfyγm1
c) 0.9An/fyγm1
d) 0.9Anfy/γm1
259 The block shear strength at an end connection for shear yield and tension fracture is given by :
a) (Avgfy/√3 γm0)+(0.9Atnfu/γm1)
b) (Atgfy/√3 γm0)+(0.9Avnfu/γm1)
c) (0.9Atgfy/√3 γm0)+( Avnfu/γm1)
d) (0.9Avgfy/√3 γm0)+(Atnfu/γm1)
260 The block shear strength at an end connection for shear fracture and tension yield is given by :
a) (Avgfy/√3 γm0)+(0.9Atnfu/γm1)
b) (Atgfy/ γm0)+(0.9Avnfu/√3 γm1)
c) (0.9Avgfy/√3 γm0)+(Atnfu/γm1)
d) (0.9Atgfy/√3 γm0)+( Avnfu/γm1)
261 The block shear strength of connection is ________
a) block shear strength at an end connection for shear fracture and tension yield
b) block shear strength at an end connection for shear yield and tension fracture
c) larger of block shear strength at an end connection for (shear fracture, tension yield) and (shear yield,
tension fracture)
d) smaller of block shear strength at an end connection for (shear fracture, tension yield) and (shear yield,
tension fracture)
262 The design tensile strength of tensile member is
a) minimum of strength due to gross yielding, net section rupture, block shear
b) maximum of strength due to gross yielding, net section rupture, block shear
c) strength due to gross yielding
d) strength due to block shear
263 Which of the following is not true for angles as tension members?
a) Angles if axially loaded through centroid can be designed as plates

b) Angles connected to gusset plates by welding or bolting only through one of the two legs results in
eccentric loading
c) When load is applied by connecting only one leg of member, there is shear lag at the end connection
d) When angles are connected to gusset plates by welding or bolting only through one of the two legs
resulting in eccentric loading, there is a uniform stress distribution over cross section.
264 Which of the following is true statement?
a) thickness of angle has no significant influence on member strength
b) net section efficiency is lower when long leg of angle is connected rather than short leg
c) when length of connection decreases, the tensile strength increases
d) effect of gusset plate thickness on ultimate tensile strength is significant

The additional factor to be added for angles for design strength of tension member corresponding to net
265
section rupture is given by :
a) βAg0fyγm0
b) βAg0fy/γm0
c) βAg0γm0
d) βAg0/fyγm0
266 The constant β in βAg0fy/γm0 for tensile strength of angle section does not depend on :
a) area of unconnected leg
b) size of outstanding leg
c) ultimate stress of material
d) thickness of outstanding leg
a) β ≥ fuγm0/fyγm1
b) β ≥ fuγm1/fy γm0
c) β ≤ fuγm0/fyγm1
d) β ≤ fuγm1/fy γm0
268 What is the maximum value of β in βAg0fy/γm0 for tensile strength of angle section?
a) 1.2
b) 0.9
c) 1.4
d) 0.7
What is the value of partial factor of safety for material α for preliminary design for angle section as per IS
269
code for three bolts in connection?
a) 0.6
b) 0.7
c) 0.8
d) 1.0
a) strength of members with punched holes is less than members with drilled holes
b) strength of members with drilled holes is less than members with punched holes
c) strength of members with punched holes is greater than members with drilled holes
d) strength of members with punched holes is equal to members with drilled holes
271 The presence of holes _____ the strength of tension member
a) does not affect
b) improves
c) reduces
d) doubles
272 Staggering of holes __________ the load carrying capacity of tension member
a) reduces
b) improves
c) does not affect
d) halves
273 The actual failure mode in bearing depends on
a) length of metal plate
b) length of bolt
c) hole diameter
d) bolt diameter
274 The shear lag effect _____ with increase in connection length
a) increases
b) reduces
c) does not change
d) doubles

a) increase in ductility reduces strength of member
b) reduction in ductility increases strength of member
c) increase in ductility does not affect strength of member
d) reduction in ductility reduces strength of member
276 Which of the following statement is true regarding residual stresses?
a) residual stress result in local early strain hardening
b) it increase plastic range of member
c) it is not important when fatigue is involved
d) it improves strength of member
277 Lug angles are ____
a) additional angles used to reduce joint length
b) additional angles used to increase joint length
c) additional angles used for aesthetic appearance
d) additional angles used for seismic resistance
278 Lug angles are found to be more effective at _____
a) end of the connection
b) middle of connection
c) beginning of connection
d) they are equally effective at all connections
279 Which of the following solution can be used to eliminate lug angles?
a) by providing equal angle sections with wider leg as connected leg
b) by providing unequal angle sections with wider leg as connected leg
c) by providing equal angle sections with shorter leg as connected leg
d) by providing unequal angle sections with shorter leg as connected leg
280 Which of the following is correct in case of angle members?

a) connection of lug angle to angle member should be capable of developing a strength of 10% of excess of
force of outstanding leg of angle
b) connection of lug angle to angle member should be capable of developing a strength of 20% of excess of
force of outstanding leg of angle
c) lug angles and their connection to gusset should be capable of developing a strength of less than 20% of
excess of force of outstanding leg of angle
d) lug angles and their connection to gusset should be capable of developing a strength of not less than 20%
of excess of force of outstanding leg of angle
281 Which of the following is correct in case of channel members?
a) connection of lug angle to angle member should have a strength not less than 20% of excess of force in
flange of channel
b) connection of lug angle to angle member should have a strength less than 20% of excess of force in flange
of channel
c) lug angles and their connection to gusset should be capable of developing a strength of less than 10% of
excess of force in flange of channel
d) lug angles and their connection to gusset should be capable of developing a strength of less than 5% of
excess of force in flange of channel
282 Splices are provided when_________
a) available length is more than required length of a tension member
b) available length is less than required length of a tension member
c) available length is equal to required length of a tension member
d) for aesthetic appearance
283 As per IS specification, splice connection should be designed for a force of _____
a) at least 0.3 times the member design capacity in tension
b) at least 0.1 times the member design capacity in tension
c) less than 0.3 times the member design capacity in tension
d) less than 0.15 times the member design capacity in tension
284 Which of the following is not correct about gusset plates?
a) gusset plate is provided to make connections at place where more than one member is to be joined
b) plate outlines are fixed to meet minimum edge distances for bolts used for connection
c) lines of action of truss members meeting at a joint should not coincide
d) size and shape of gusset plates are usually decided from direction of members meeting at joint
285 What is the minimum thickness of gusset plate?
a) 5mm
b) 8mm
c) 10mm
d) 12mm
286 For the calculation of net area of flat with staggered bolts, the area to be deducted from gross area is :
a) nd
b) n’p2t/8g
c) ndt – n’p2t/4g
d) nd + n’p2t/4g
What is the net section area of steel plate 40cm wide and 10mm thick with one bolt if diameter of bolt hole
287
is 18mm?
a) 38.2 cm2
b) 20 cm2
c) 240 mm2
d) 480 mm2
What is the net area for the plate 100 x 8 mm bolted with a single bolt of 20mm diameter in case of drilled
288
hole ?
a) 624 mm2
b) 756 mm2
c) 800 mm2
d) 640 mm2
Determine the effective net area for angle section ISA 100 x 75 x 12 mm, when 100mm leg is connected to a
289
gusset plate using weld of length 140mm.
a) 1795 mm2
b) 1812 mm2
c) 1956 mm2
d) 2100 mm2
Calculate the value of β for the given angle section ISA 150x115x8mm of Fe410 grade of steel connected
290
with gusset plate : Length of weld = 150mm
a) 0.89
b) 0.75
c) 0.5
d) 1
Calculate the tensile strength due to gross section yielding of an angle section 125 x 75 x 10mm of Fe410
291
grade of steel connected with a gusset plate.
a) 780 kN
b) 586.95 kN
c) 432.27 kN
d) 225.36 kN
A single unequal angle 100 x 75 x 10 of Fe410 grade of steel is connected to a 10mm thick gusset plate at
292
the ends with six 16mm diameter bolts with pitch of 40mm to transfer tension. Find the tensile strength due
a) 526.83 kN
b) 385.74 kN
c) 450.98 kN
d) 416.62 kN
293 Structures designed using elastic analysis may be ______ than those designed using plastic analysis
a) lighter
b) heavier
c) of same weight
d) almost half times the weight
294 Both elastic and plastic methods neglect ________
a) live load acting on structure
b) dead load acting on structure
c) deformations due to load
d) influence of stability
295 What is buckling?

a) Structural behaviour in which a deformation develops in direction of plane perpendicular to that of load
which produced it
b) Structural behaviour in which a deformation does not develop in direction of plane perpendicular to that
of load which produced it
c) Structural behaviour in which a deformation develop in direction of plane parallel to that of load which
produced it
d) Structural behaviour in which a deformation develops in direction of plane along that of load which
produced it
296 Which of the following relation about plastic moment is correct?
a) Mp = Zp /fy
b) Mp = Zp + fy
c) Mp = Zpfy
d) Mp = Zp – fy
297 What is plastic moment of resistance?
a) maximum moment in stress strain curve, the point where the curvature can increase indefinitely
b) maximum moment in stress strain curve, the point where the curvature can decrease indefinitely
c) minimum moment in stress strain curve, the point where the curvature can increase indefinitely
d) minimum moment in stress strain curve, the point where the curvature can decrease indefinitely
In elastic stage, equilibrium condition is achieved when neutral axis ___________ and in fully plastic stage,
298
it is achieved when neutral axis ___________
a) is above centroid of the section, divides the section into two parts of one-third area and two-third area
b) is below centroid of the section, divides the section into two parts of one-third area and two-third area
c) is above centroid of the section, divides the section into two equal areas
d) passes through centroid of the section, divides the section into two equal areas
299 Which of the following relation is correct for plastic section modulus, Zo ?
a) Zp = 2A(y1+y2)
b) Zp = A(y1+y2)/2
c) Zp = A(y1+y2)/4
d) Zp = 4A(y1+y2)
300 Which of the following relation is correct about shape factor, v?
a) v = Zp+Ze
b) v = ZpZe
c) v = Zp/Ze
d) v = Ze/Zp
301 The shape factor does not depend on ___
a) material properties
b) cross sectional shape
c) moment of resistance
d) section modulus
302 Which of the following assumptions is correct for plastic design?
a) material obeys Hooke’s law before the stress reaches fy
b) yield stress and modulus of elasticity does not have same value in compression and tension
c) material is homogenous and isotropic in both elastic and plastic states.
d) material is not sufficiently ductile to permit large rotations
303 What is compression member?

a) structural member subjected to tensile force
b) structural member subjected to compressive force
c) structural member subjected to bending moment
d) structural member subjected to torsion
304 Which of the following is true about axially loaded column?
a) member subjected to bending moment
b) member subjected to axial force and bending moment
c) net end moments are not zero
d) net end moments are zero
305 Which of the following is true about beam column?
b) member subjected to axial force only
c) member subjected to axial force and bending moment
306 What are columns?
a) vertical compression members in a building supporting floors or girders
b) vertical tension members in a building supporting floors or girders
c) horizontal compression members in a building supporting floors or girders
d) horizontal tension members in a building supporting floors or girders
307 Which of the following are true about roof trusses?
a) principal rafter are compression members used in buildings
b) principal rafter is bottom chord member of roof truss
c) struts are compression members used in roof trusses
d) struts are tension members used in roof trusses
308 Knee braces are __________
a) long compression members
b) short compression members
c) long tension members

d) short tension members
309 Which of the following is not a load on columns in buildings?
a) load from floors
b) load from foundation
c) load from roofs
d) load from walls
a) moment due to wind loads is not considered in unbraced buildings
b) wind load cause large moments in braced buildings
c) wind loads in multi-storey buildings are not usually applied at respective floor levels
d) wind loads in multi-storey buildings are usually applied at respective floor levels
311 What are loads on columns in industrial buildings?
a) wind load only
b) crane load only
c) wind and crane load
d) load from foundation
312 The strength of column does not depend on
a) width of building
b) material of column
c) cross sectional configuration
d) length of column
313 Which of the following is not an imperfection in column?
a) material not being isotropic
b) geometric variations of columns
c) material being homogenous
d) eccentricity of load
314 For very short compression member
a) failure stress will be greater than yield stress

b) failure stress will be less than yield stress
c) failure stress will equal yield stress
d) failure stress will be twice the yield stress
315 The length of member should be _________ for a short column
a) L ≤ 88.5r
b) L ≥ 88.5r
c) L ≥ 125r
d) L > 150r
316 Long compression members will ______
a) not buckle
b) buckle inelastically
c) buckle plastically
d) buckle elastically
317 Which of the following is true about intermediate length compression members?
a) members will fail by yielding only
b) members will fail by both yielding and buckling
c) their behaviour is elastic
d) all fibres of the members will be elastic during failure
318 What is squash load?
a) load at which member will not deform axially
b) load at which member deforms laterally
c) load at which member deforms axially
d) load at which member will not deform axially
319 Which of the following is not a parameter for decrease in strength of slender member?
a) seismic load
b) initial lack of straightness
c) residual stress
d) variation of material properties

320 Which of the following is property of compression member?
a) member must be sufficiently rigid to prevent general buckling
b) member must not be sufficiently rigid to prevent local buckling
c) elements of member should be thin to prevent local buckling
d) elements of member need not prevent local buckling
321 How can moment of inertia be increased?
a) by increasing load
b) by spreading material of section towards its axis
c) by spreading material of section away from its axis
d) by spreading material of section at its axis
322 Which is an ideal section for compression member?
a) one having different moment of inertia about any axis through its centre of gravity
b) one having same moment of inertia about any axis through its centre of gravity
c) one having larger length
d) one made up of costly material
323 Rods and bars are recommended when length is ___________
a) greater than 4m
b) greater than 5m
c) greater than 3m
d) less than 3m
324 Which of the following is true about tubular section?
a) tubes have low buckling strength
b) tubes have same radius of gyration in all direction
c) tubes do not have torsional resistance
d) weight of tubular section is more than the weight required for open profile sections
a) unequal angles are desirable over equal angles
b) least radius of gyration of equal angle is less than that of unequal angle for same area of steel
c) single angle sections are suitable for long lengths
d) least radius of gyration of single angle section is small compared to channel and I-sections
326 Effective length of compression member is ________
a) distance between ends of members
b) distance between end point and midpoint of member
c) distance between points of contraflexure
d) distance between end point and centroid of member
327 Magnitude of effective length depends upon
a) material of member
b) rotational restraint supplied at end of compression member
c) load applied on member
d) location where member is used
328 Magnitude of effective length depends upon
329 What is the effective length when both ends of compression member are fixed?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
330 What is the effective length when both ends of compression member are hinged?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
331 What is the effective length when one end of compression member is fixed and other end is free?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
332 What is the effective length when one end of compression member is fixed and other end is hinged?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
333 What is slenderness ratio of compression member?
a) ratio of effective length to radius of gyration
b) ratio of radius of gyration to effective length
c) difference of radius of gyration and effective length
d) product of radius of gyration and effective length
334 Which of the following is the attribute of ideal column according to Euler?
a) material is non homogenous
b) material is isotropic
c) load does not act along centroidal axis
d) column ends are fixed
335 Euler critical load for column with both the ends hinged is given by
a) Pcr = 2π2EI/L2
b) Pcr= π2EIL2
c) Pcr = 2π2EIL2
d) Pcr = π2EI/L2
a) increasing member length causes reduction in stiffness
b) decreasing member length causes reduction in stiffness
c) member with high stiffness will buckle early than that with low stiffness
d) stiffness of member is not influenced by amount and distribution of material in cross section of column
337 Euler critical load for column with both the ends fixed is given by
a) Pcr = 2π2EI/L2
b) Pcr = π2EIL2
c) Pcr = 4π2EI/L2
d) Pcr= π2EI/L2
338 What is the relation between critical stress and slenderness ratio?
a) critical stress is directly proportional to slenderness ratio
b) critical stress is inversely proportional to slenderness ratio
c) critical stress is square of slenderness ratio
d) critical stress is cube of slenderness ratio
339 Why is built up section used?
a) to sustain seismic loads only
b) for aesthetic appearance
c) used when rolled section do not furnish required sectional area
d) for resisting bending moment
340 The shear in column may not be due to
a) material used in column
b) lateral loads from wind
c) lateral loads from earthquake
d) end eccentricity of load
a) function of lacing and battens is to hold main component members
b) tie plates are provided at top and bottom of column
c) lacing bars and batten plates are not designed as load carrying elements
d) lacing bars and batten plates are designed as load carrying elements

a) built up column lacings or battens are uneconomical if load carrying members permit greater reduction in
weight than what is added by lacing or batten
b) built up column lacings or battens are economical if load carrying members permit greater reduction in
weight than what is added by lacing or batten
c) no related shear stress force in plane of cross section
d) built up column designed as axially loaded column can never be eccentrically loaded
The buckling strength of latticed column is ___________ that of solid column having ame area and same
343
slenderness ratio
a) smaller than
b) greater than
c) equal to
d) cannot be compared
344 Which of the following condition is not considered in design of built up column?
a) buckling of column as whole
b) failure of lattice member
c) material to be used for fabrication
d) buckling of component column

The radius of gyration of combined column about axis perpendicular to plane of lacing should be _____
345
than about axis parallel to plane of lacing.
a) cannot be compared
b) smaller
c) greater
d) equal to
a) lacings and battens should not be provided on opposite sides of same member
b) lacing system should not be uniform throughout length of column
c) single and double laced systems should be provided on opposite sides of same member
d) single laced system on opposite of main component shall be in opposite direction view from either side
347 Lacing shall be designed to resist a total transverse shear equal to ____ of axial force in member
a) 5%
b) 1%
c) 4.3%
d) 2.5%
348 Slenderness ratio of lacing is limited to
a) 200
b) 145
c) 500
d) 380
349 Which of the following is true about effective length?
a) effective length shall be taken as length between inner end bolts/rivets of bars for single lacings
b) effective length shall be taken as length between inner end bolts/rivets of bars for double lacings
c) for welded bars, effective length shall be taken as 0.9 times distance between inner end welds connecting
single bars to members
d) effective length shall be taken as 1.5 times length between inner end bolts/rivets of bars for double lacings
350 Minimum width of lacing bars shall _______
a) be less than 3 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
b) be less than 5 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
c) not be less than 3 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
d) be less than 2 times diameter of connecting bolt/rivet
351 Thickness of lacing member should be
a) less than 1/40th of the effective length for single lacing
b) not less than 1/60th of the effective length for double lacing
c) less than 1/60thof the effective length for double lacing
d) less than 1/60th of the effective length for single lacing
352 Which of the following condition should be satisfied for spacing of lacings?
a) maximum slenderness ratio of component of main members between two consecutive lacing connection
should be greater than 50
b) maximum slenderness ratio of component of main members between two consecutive lacing connection
should be not greater than 50
c) maximum slenderness ratio of component of main members between two consecutive lacing connection
should be more than 0.7 x most unfavourable slenderness ratio of combined column
d) maximum slenderness ratio of component of main members between two consecutive lacing connection
should not be more than 0.9 x most unfavourable slenderness ratio of combined column
a) when welded lacing bars overlap main members, amount of lap should not be less than 4 times thickness
of bar
b) welding is to be provided along each side of bar for full length of lap
c) lacing bars fitted between main members should be connected by fillet welds on each side
d) when lacing bars are not lapped to form connection to components of members, appreciable interruption
in triangulated system is allowed
354 lacing bars shall be inclined at an angle of ___ to axis of built up member.
a) 20o
b) 35o
c) 50o
d) 90o
355 Effective slenderness ratio of laced column shall be _________
a) equal to the maximum slenderness ratio of column
b) 1.05 times the maximum slenderness ratio of column
c) 0.5 times the maximum slenderness ratio of column
d) 2 times the maximum slenderness ratio of column
356 Compressive strength in lacing bars in single lacing system is equal to
a) Vt /(N secΘ)
b) Vt /(N cosecΘ)
c) Vt N cosecΘ
d) (Vt /N) cosecΘ
357 Minimum radius of gyration for lacing flats is
a) t/√12
b) t/12
c) t/√24
d) t/24
358 The load on rivet/bolt when two lacing flats are connected at same point is
a) (Vt / N) cotΘ
b) 2(Vt / N) cotΘ
c) 2Vt N cotΘ
d) Vt NcotΘ
359 The load on rivet/bolt when two lacing flats are connected at different point is
a) (Vt / N) cotΘ
b) 2(Vt / N) cotΘ
c) 2Vt N cotΘ
d) Vt NcotΘ
a) Number of battens in a column should be such that member is divided into not less than three bays
b) Number of battens in a column should be such that member is divided into less than three bays
c) Number of battens in a column should be such that member is divided into less than two bays
d) No restriction on number of battens
361 Battens should be designed to resist transverse shear force which is
a) 5% of axial force
b) 0.5% of axial force
c) 2.5% of axial force
d) 7.2% of axial force
362 Battens should be designed to resist longitudinal shear equal to
a) Vt L0 ns
b) Vt L0 / ns
c) Vt /L0 ns
d) Vt L0n/s
363 Battens should be designed to resist moment equal to
a) Vt L0 n
b) Vt L0 / n
c) Vt /L0 n
d) Vt L0 /2n
364 Which of the following is true about effective depth of battens?
a) less than perpendicular distance between centroids for end battens
b) less than three quarters of the perpendicular distance between centroids for intermediate battens
c) not less than twice the width of one member in plane of batten
d) less than twice the width of one member in plane of batten
365 Thickness of batten plates shall be
a) not less than 1/50th of distance between innermost connecting transverse bolts/rivets
b) less than 1/50th of distance between innermost connecting transverse bolts/rivets
c) less than 1/60th of distance between innermost connecting transverse bolts/rivets
d) less than 1/80th of distance between innermost connecting transverse bolts/rivets
a) length of weld connecting each end of batten should be less than one fourth the depth of plate
b) length of weld and depth of batten shall be measured perpendicular to longitudinal axis of member
c) weld shall be returned only along other two edges for length less than minimum lap
d) length of weld connecting each end of batten should be such that at least one third of its length should be
placed on each end
367 Effective slenderness ratio of battened column shall be ____ of actual slenderness ratio of column
a) 0.5 times
b) 1.1 times
c) 2 times
d) 2.5 times
368 Maximum spacing of batten should be such that slenderness ratio of component member should be
a) not greater than 50
b) greater than 50
c) greater than 0.7 times slenderness ratio of member as a whole
d) greater than slenderness ratio of member as a whole
369 Which of the following is true about effective depth of end batten?
a) it should be less than distance between centre of gravity of component
b) it should be half the distance between centre of gravity of component
c) it should be less than twice the width of component member
d) it should be greater than twice the width of component member
370 Depth of intermediate batten = _______ depth of end batten
a) 1/2
b) 3/4
c) 1
d) 2
371 Thickness of batten should not be less than
a) 1/40th of distance between innermost connecting lines of bolts
b) 1/50th of distance between innermost connecting lines of bolts
c) 1/100th of distance between innermost connecting lines of bolts
d) 1/10th of distance between innermost connecting lines of bolts
372 A laced column is_____ than battened column for same load
a) equally strong
b) weaker
c) stronger
373 The slenderness ratio of each member when placed back-to-back or separated by small distance shall be
a) greater than 40
b) not greater than 40
c) 0.8 times the slenderness ratio of column as a whole
d) greater than 50
374 Minimum number of bolts for connecting end of strut is
a) 0
b) 3
c) 1
d) 2

a) when there is small spacing between the two sections placed back-to-back, washers and packing should be
provided
b) when there is small spacing between the two sections placed back-to-back, washers and packing should
not be provided
c) there should be additional connection in between along the length of member
d) when leg of angles greater than 125mm wide or web of channel is mm wide, minimum bolt is sufficient
for connection
376 Minimum diameter of bolt when member is less than 16mm thick is
a) 8
b) 10
c) 22
d) 20
a) spacing of tack bolt should be less than 600mm
b) spacing of tack bolt should be greater than 600mm
c) if bolts are used, they should be spaced longitudinally at less than 4 times the bolt diameter
d) connection should extend at least 1.5 times the width of the member
378 Members connected back-to-back connected by bolts should be
a) not be used
b) subjected to transverse loading in plane perpendicular to bolted surface
c) subjected to twice the transverse loading in plane perpendicular to bolted surface
d) not subjected to transverse loading in plane perpendicular to bolted surface
379 For members placed back-to-back, the spacing of bolt should not exceed
a) 12t
b) 16t
c) 18t
d) 20t
380 Longitudinal spacing between intermittent welds used for connection should be
a) greater than 18t
b) greater than 16t
c) not greater than 16t
d) equal to 18t
381 A column that can support same load in compression as it can in tension is called
a) intermediate column
b) long column
c) short column
d) cannot be determined
The strength of compression members subjected to axial compression is defined by curves corresponding to
382
_______ classes
a) a, b, c and d
b) a, d
c) b, e, f
d) e, f, g
383 Which of the following is not a compression member?
a) strut
b) boom
c) tie
d) rafter
384 The best compression member section generally used is
a) single angle section
b) I-section
c) double angle section
d) channel section
385 The best double-angle compression member section is
a) unequal angles with short leg connected
b) unequal angles with long leg connected
c) unequal angles on opposite side of gusset plate
d) unequal angles on same side of gusset plate

The flange is classified as semi-compact if outstand element of compression flange of rolled section is less
386
than
a) 8.4ε
b) 10.5ε
c) 15.7ε
d) 9.4ε
387 The flange is classified as plastic if outstand element of compression flange of rolled section is less than
a) 8.4ε
b) 9.4ε
c) 10.5ε
d) 15.7ε
388 The outstand element of compression flange of a rolled section is 10.2 (ε=1). The flange will be classified as
a) compact
b) plastic
c) semi-compact
d) slender
389 The design compressive stress of compression member in IS 800 is given by
a) Rankine Formula
b) Euler Formula
c) Perry-Robertson formula
d) Secant-Rankine formula
390 The design compressive strength of member is given by
a) Aefcd
b) Ae /fcd
c) fcd
d) 0.5Aefcd
391 The design compressive stress, fcd of column is given by
a) [fy / γm0]/ [φ – (φ2-λ2)2].
b) [fy / γm0] / [φ + (φ2-λ2)].
c) [fy / γm0]/[φ – (φ2-λ2)0.5].
d) [fy / γm0] / [φ + (φ2-λ2)0.5].
392 What is the value of imperfection factor for buckling class a?
a) 0.34
b) 0.75
c) 0.21
d) 0.5
393 If imperfection factor α = 0.49, then what is the buckling class?
a) a
b) c
c) b
d) g
394 The value of φ in the equation of design compressive strength is given by
a) φ = 0.5[1-α(λ-0.2)+λ2].
b) φ = 0.5[1-α(λ-0.2)-+λ2].
c) φ = 0.5[1+α(λ+0.2)-λ2].
d) φ = 0.5[1+α(λ-0.2)+λ2].
395 Euler buckling stress fcc is given by
a) (π^2E)/(KL/r)^2
b) (π^2E KL/r)^2
c) (π^2E)/(KL/r)
d) (π^2E)/(KLr)^2
396 What is the value of non dimensional slenderness ratio λ in the equation of design compressive strength?
a) (fy /fcc)
b) √(fy fcc)
c) √(fy /fcc)
d) (fy fcc)
397 The design compressive strength in terms of stress reduction factor is given by
a) Xfy
b) Xfy / γm0
c) X /fy γm0
d) Xfy γm0
398 The value of design compressive strength is limited to
a) fy + γm0
b) fy
c) fy γm0
d) fy / γm0
399 The compressive strength for ISMB 400 used as a column for length 5m with both ends hinged is
a) 275 kN
b) 375.4 kN
c) 453 kN
d) 382 kN
400 What is beam?
a) structural member subjected to transverse loads
b) structural member subjected to axial loads only
c) structural member subjected to seismic loads only
d) structural member subjected to transverse loads only
401 Structural members subjected to bending and large axial compressive loads are known as
a) strut
b) purlin
c) beam-column
d) lintel
402 What is girt?
a) vertical beam spanning between wall column of industrial buildings
b) horizontal beam spanning between wall column of industrial buildings
c) vertical beam spanning between wall column of residential buildings
d) horizontal beam spanning between wall column of residential buildings
403 Members used to carry wall loads over wall openings are called
a) purlin
b) rafter
c) girder
d) lintels
404 Load transfer by a beam is primarily by
a) bending only
b) shear only
c) bending and shear
d) neither bending nor shear
405 What are spandrels?
a) exterior beams at floor level of buildings
b) interior beams at floor level of buildings
c) exterior columns
d) interior columns
406 Members used in bridges parallel to traffic are called
a) spandrel
b) stringers
c) purlin
d) joist
a) beams are termed as fixed beams when end condition do not carry end moments
b) beams are termed as simply supported beams when ends are rigidly connected to other members
c) beams are termed as fixed beams when ends are rigidly connected to other members
d) beams are termed as continuous beams when they do not extend across more than two support
408 Complex stresses may occur when
a) loads are inclined to principal axes
b) loads are along principal axes
c) symmetrical section are used
d) small values of shear and bending moment occur at section
409 Simple bending takes place if
a) loading passes above shear centre for single symmetric open section
b) loading passes below shear centre for single symmetric open section
c) loading plane coincides with one of the principal planes of doubly symmetric section
d) loading plane do not coincide with one of the principal planes of doubly symmetric section
410 Which of the following buckling does not occur in beam?
a) lateral buckling of whole beam
b) local buckling of web
c) local buckling of flanges
d) longitudinal buckling of web

A beam section is provided on the basis of
411
(i) section modulus, (ii) deflection, (iii) shear
a) i, ii
b) ii, iii
c) i, iii
d) i, ii and iii
412 Which of the following is not correct?
a) Angles and T section are strong in bending
b) Channels can be used only for light loads
c) I sections are most efficient and economical shapes
d) I section with cover plates are provided when large section modulus is required
413 Local buckling can be prevented by
a) limiting width-thickness ratio
b) increasing width-thickness ratio
c) changing material
d) changing load on member
a) in case of rolled section, less thickness of plate is adopted to prevent local buckling
b) for built-up section and cold formed section, longitudinal stiffeners are not provided to reduce width to
smaller sizes
c) local buckling cannot be prevented by limiting width-thickness ratio
d) in case of rolled section, high thickness of plate is adopted to prevent local buckling

a) only plastic section can be used in intermediate frames
b) slender sections are preferred in hot rolled structural steelwork
c) compact sections can be used in simply supported beams
d) semi-compact sections can be used for elastic designs
416 As per IS specification, the beam sections should be
a) not symmetrical about any principal axes
b) at least symmetrical about one of the principal axes
c) symmetrical about all principal axes
d) unsymmetrical about all principal axes
417 . Which of the following is the design criteria for beams? (i) Strength in bending (ii) stiffness (iii)economy
a) ii only
b) i and iii
c) ii and iii
d) i, ii and iii
a) for optimum bending resistance, beam material should be near neutral axis
b) for optimum bending resistance, beam material should be far away from neutral axis
c) for optimum bending resistance, web area of beam has to be adequate for resisting shear
d) maximum bending and maximum shear usually occur at different cross section
419 Which of the following assumptions is not an ideal beam behaviour?
a) local and lateral instabilities of beam are prevented
b) any form of local buckling is prevented
c) compression flange of beam is restrained from moving laterally
d) compression flange of beam is not restrained from moving laterally
420 In beam design, sections are proportioned as such that _____ to achieve economy.
a) moment of inertia about principal axis parallel to the web is equal to moment of inertia about principal
axis normal to the web
b) moment of inertia about principal axis parallel to the web is considerable larger than moment of inertia
about principal axis normal to the web
c) moment of inertia about principal axis normal to the web is considerable larger than moment of inertia
about principal axis parallel to the web
d) moment of inertia about principal axis normal to the web is considerable lesser than moment of inertia
about principal axis parallel to the web
421 To ensure that compression flange of beam is restrained from moving laterally, the cross section must be
a) plastic
b) semi-compact
c) slender
d) thin
422 What are laterally restrained beams?
a) adequate restraints are provided to beam
b) adequate restraints are not provided to beam
c) economically not viable
d) unstable beams
423 Characteristic feature if lateral buckling is ___________
a) entire cross section do not rotate as rigid disc without any cross sectional distortion
b) entire cross section rotates as rigid disc without any cross sectional distortion
c) entire cross section rotates as rigid disc with cross sectional distortion
d) entire cross section do not rotate as rigid disc
424 Lateral buckling in beam is _________
a) does not occur in beam
b) one dimensional
c) two dimensional
d) three dimensional
425 What is elastic critical moment?
a) bending moment at which beam do not fail by lateral buckling
b) bending moment at which beam fails by lateral buckling
c) shear force at which beam do not fail by lateral buckling
d) shear force at which beam fails by lateral buckling
426 Which of the following condition causes lateral instabilities?
a) section possesses different stiffness in two principal planes

b) section possesses same stiffness in two principal planes
c) applied loading does not induce bending in stiffer plane
d) applied loading induce twisting in stiffer plane

Which of the following is not a method for providing effective lateral restraints?
427
(i) by embedding compression flange inside slab concrete
a) i only
b) i, iii
c) ii, iii
d) i, ii, iii
428 What is lateral torsional buckling?

a) buckling of beam loaded in plane of its weak axis and buckling about its stronger axis accompanied by
twisting
b) buckling of beam loaded in plane of its strong axis and buckling about its weaker axis accompanied by
twisting
c) buckling of beam loaded in plane of its strong axis and buckling about its weaker axis and not
accompanied by twisting
d) buckling of beam loaded in plane of its weak axis and buckling about its stronger axis and not
accompanied by twisting
429 Critical bending moment capacity of a beam undergoing lateral torsional buckling is a function of
a) does not depend on anything
b) pure torsional resistance only
c) warping torsional resistance only
d) pure torsional resistance and warping torsional resistance
430 Elastic critical moment is given by
a) (π/L){√[(EIyGIt) + (πE/L)2IwIy]}
b) (π/L){√[(EIyGIt) – (πE/L)2IwIy]}
c) (π/L){√[(EIyGIt) + (πE/L) IwIy]}
d) (π/L){ [(EIyGIt) – (πE/L)2IwIy]}
431 Lateral torsional buckling is not possible to occur if
a) moment of inertia about bending axis is twice than moment of inertia out of plane
b) moment of inertia about bending axis is greater than moment of inertia out of plane
c) moment of inertia about bending axis is equal to or less than moment of inertia out of plane
d) moment of inertia about bending axis is equal to or greater than moment of inertia out of plane
432 Limit state of lateral torsion buckling is not applicable to
a) square shapes
b) doubly symmetric I shaped beams
c) I section loaded in plane of their webs
d) I section singly symmetric with compression flanges
433 Which of the following assumptions were not made while deriving expression for elastic critical moment?
a) beam is initially undisturbed and without imperfections
b) behaviour of beam is elastic
c) load acts in plane of web only
d) ends of beam are fixed support
434 For different loading conditions, the equation of elastic critical moment is given by
a) Mcr = c1 (EIyGIt) γ
b) Mcr = c1 [(EIyGIt)2] γ
c) Mcr = c1 [√(EIyGIt)] γ
d) Mcr = c1 (EIy /GIt) γ
435 Which of the following is not true about moment coefficient?
a) for torsionally simple supports the moment coefficient is greater than or equal to unity
b) for torsionally simple supports the moment coefficient is less than unity
c) moment coefficient accounts for the effect of differential moment gradient on lateral torsional buckling
d) it depends on type of loading
436 √EIyGIt depends on
a) shape of beam only
b) material of beam only
c) shape and material of beam
d) does not depend on anything
a) sections with greater lateral bending and torsional stiffness have great resistance to bending
b) sections with lesser lateral bending and torsional stiffness have great resistance to bending
c) sections with greater lateral bending and torsional stiffness have less resistance to bending
d) lateral instability of beam cannot be reduced by selecting appropriate shapes
438 Elastic critical moment for long shallow girders is given by
a) (π/L){√(EIyGIt)}
b) (πL){√(EIyGIt)}
c) (π/L){√(EIy /GIt)}
d) (πL){√(EIy /GIt)}
a) long shallow girders have high warping stiffness
b) short and deep girders have very low warping resistance
c) long shallow girders have low warping stiffness
d) short and shallow girders have very low warping resistance
440 Which of the following does not affect lateral stability?
a) cross sectional shape
b) support conditions
c) type of loading
d) height of building
a) I-section has high torsional stiffness
b) Closed section has high torsional stiffness
c) Closed section has less stiffness
d) Hollow circular tube has more efficiency as flexural member
442 Which of the following statement is not correct?
a) Hollow circular tube has more efficiency as flexural member
b) Hollow circular tube has lesser efficiency as flexural member
c) It is the most efficient shape for torsional resistance
d) It us rarely used as a beam element
443 Open cross sections have major part of material distributed

a) is not distributed
b) on the centroid
c) towards centroid
d) away from centroid
444 The effective length factor is _____ for beams flanges fully restrained
a) 1
b) 0.5
c) 0.75
d) 1.5
The effective length of compression flange of simply supported beam not restrained against torsion at ends
445
is
a) 1.2 L
b) 1.0 L
c) 0.8 L
d) 0.5 L
446 Effective length of compression flanges at the ends unrestrained against lateral buckling is
a) 1.5 L
b) 0.85 L
c) 0.5 L
d) L
Restraint against torsion can be provided by
447
(i) web cleats, (ii) bearing stiffeners acting together with bearing of beam, (iii)lateral end frames to ends of
a) i only
b) i and ii
c) ii and iii
d) i, ii and iii
448 The most severe loading condition for cantilever is
a) point load acting at centre
b) point load acting at tip
c) point load acting between centre and fixed end

d) point load acting at L/4 distance
449 Provision of intermediate lateral supports ______ lateral stability of beam
a) increases
b) decreases
c) does not change
d) cannot say
450 The requirement of effective bracing is
a) it should not have sufficient strength not to withstand forces transferred to it by beam
b) it should not have sufficient strength to withstand forces transferred to it by beam
c) it should have sufficient stiffness so that buckling of beam occurs in between braces
d) it should not have sufficient stiffness so that buckling of beam occurs in between braces
a) torsional bracing attached near bottom flange should bend in single curvature
b) torsional bracing attached near bottom flange should not bend in single curvature
c) its flexural stiffness should be 4EIb/S
d) its flexural stiffness should be 6EIb/S
452 The lateral stability of tranversely loaded beam is dependent on
a) arrangement of load only
b) level of application of load only
c) both arrangement and level of application of load
d) is not dependent on any of these
453 As the beam undergoes bending under applied loads, axial strain distribution at a point in beam
a) axial strain is not produced
b) remains constant
c) varies along depth of beam
d) varies along length of beam
454 The beam buckles elastically if
a) Mcr < My
b) Mcr > My
c) Mcr = My
d) Mcr = 2My
455 If Mcr > My of a beam section, then
a) beam does not buckle
b) beam buckles fully elastically
c) beam buckles completely plastically
d) some amount of plasticity is experienced
456 Beams with intermediate slenderness fail by
a) elastic buckling
b) inelastic lateral buckling
c) attains Mp without buckling
d) do not fail
457 What are residual stresses?
a) stresses developed during construction
b) stresses developed due to seismic load
c) stresses developed due to vibration
d) stresses developed during manufacturing
a) yielding of section starts at lower moments
b) yielding of section starts at higher moments
c) yielding of section does not start at lower moments
d) yielding of section does not occur
a) torsional bracing attached to top flange should bend in single curvature
b) torsional bracing attached to top flange should not bend in reverse curvature
c) its flexural stiffness should be 6EIb/S
d) its flexural stiffness should be 4EIb/S

460 Which of the following aspects need not be considered for beam design?
a) deflection
b) material of beam
c) buckling
d) lateral supports
461 The design bending strength of laterally supported beams is governed by
a) torsion
b) bending
c) lateral torsional buckling
d) yield stress
462 The web is susceptible to shear buckling when d/tw
a) <67ε
b) < 2×67ε
c) >67ε
d) < 70ε
463 When there is no shear buckling,
a) Vp = Vn
b) Vp > Vn
c) Vp < Vn
d) Vp = 2Vn
464 Plastic shear resistance is given by
a) fy/√3
b) shear area x fy x √3
c) shear area x fy/√3
d) shear area / (fy/√3)
465 The design shear strength is given by
a) Vn
b) Vn/γm0
c) Vn x γm0
d) γm0
466 The web area will be fully effective when shear force V
a) ≥ 0.6Vd
b) < 0.6Vd
c) ≤ 0.6Vd
d) >2×0.6Vd
467 Which of the following is true about sections with high shear case V>0.6Vd ?
a) web area is ineffective
b) web area is fully effective
c) flanges will not resist moment
d) moment is not reduced
468 The design bending strength of beams when V ≤ 0.6Vd is given by
a) βb /Zpfy γm0
b) βbZpfy / γm0
c) βbZp /fy γm0
d) βbZpfy γm0
469 The value of βb in the equation of design bending strength for plastic section is given by
a) 1.5
b) 2.0
c) 0.5
d) 1.0
470 The value of βb in the equation of design bending strength for semi-compact section is given by
a) Ze/Zp
b) ZeZp
c) Zp/ Ze
d) Ze+Zp
471 The check for design bending strength for simply supported beams is given by
a) Md = 2.4Zpfy/γm0
b) Md < 1.2Zpfy/γm0
c) Md ≤ 1.2Zpfy/γm0
d) Md ≥ 1.2Zpfy/γm0
472 IS 800 permits bolt holes in the flanges to be ignored when
a) 0.9fuAnf/γm1 ≤ 2fyAgf/γm0
b) 0.9fuAnf/γm1 ≤ fyAgf/γm0
c) 0.9fuAnf/γm1 ≥ fyAgf/γm0
d) 0.9fuAnf/γm1 ≤ 0.5fyAgf/γm0
473 The moment capacity of semi-compact section for V > 0.6Vd is given by
a) Md = Zefyγm0
b) Md = Zefy
c) Md = fy/γm0
d) Md = Zefy/γm0
474 As per IS 800:2007, shear lag effects in flanges may be disregarded for outstand elements if
a) bo ≥ L0 / 20
b) bo ≤ L0 / 20
c) bo > L0 / 20
d) bo = L0 / 10
475 As per IS 800:2007, shear lag effects in flanges may be disregarded for internal elements if
a) bi ≤ L0 / 10
b) bi ≤ L0 / 20
c) bi > L0 / 10
d) bi = L0 / 20
476 Shear lag effect depends on
a) material of beam
b) width of beam only
c) width-to-span ratio
d) cost
a) point load causes less shear lag than uniform load
b) point load causes more shear lag than uniform load
c) point load causes half times the shear lag than uniform load
d) point load causes equal shear lag as uniform load
478 The moment capacity of plastic section for V > 0.6Vd is given by
a) Mdv = Md – β(Md – Mfd)
b) Mdv = Md + β(Md – Mfd)
c) Mdv = Md – β(Md + Mfd)
d) Mdv = Md + β(Md + Mfd)
479 The design bending strength of laterally unsupported beams is governed by
a) torsion
b) bending
c) lateral torsional buckling
d) yield stress
480 The effect of lateral-torsional buckling need not be considered when
a) λLT ≤ 0.4
b) λLT ≥0.4
c) λLT > 0.8
d) λLT = 0.8
481 The bending strength of laterally unsupported beams is given by
a) Md = βbZp /fbd
b) Md = βb /Zpfbd
c) Md = βbZp
d) Md = βbZpfbd
The value of βb in the equation of design bending strength of laterally unsupported beams for plastic
482
sections is
a) 0.5
b) 2.5
c) 1.0
d) 1.5
The value of βb in the equation of design bending strength of laterally unsupported beams for semi-compact
483
sections is
a) Ze/Zp
b) ZeZp
c) Zp/Ze
d) Zp
484 The value of design bending compressive stress fbd is
a) XLT fy
b) XLT fy /fy
c) XLT fy fy
d) XLT /fy
485 The value of φLT in bending stress reduction factor is given by
a) φLT = [ 1 – αLT (λLT + 0.2) + λ2LT].
b) φLT = [ 1 + αLT (λLT – 0.2) + λ2LT].
c) φLT = 0.5 [ 1 – αLT (λLT + 0.2) + λ2LT].
d) φLT = 0.5 [ 1 + αLT (λLT – 0.2) + λ2LT].
486 Imperfection factor for rolled section is
a) 0.1
b) 0.21
c) 2.1
d) 4.9
487 Imperfection factor for welded section is
a) 4.9
b) 0.21
c) 2.1
d) 0.49
488 Non-dimensional slenderness ratio is given by
a) λLT = √(βbZpfy/Mcr)
b) λLT = √(βbZpfyMcr)
c) λLT = √(βbZp/Mcr)
d) λLT = √(βbZpfy)
489 The elastic critical moment is given by
a) Mcr = βb fcr,b
b) Mcr = βbZp / fcr,b
c) Mcr = βbZp
d) Mcr = βbZp fcr,b
490 Warping constant in elastic critical moment is given by
a) (1+βf)βf Iy h2f
b) (1-βf)βf Iy h2f
c) βf Iy h2f
d) (1-βf)/βf Iy h2f
491 The value of fcr,b is given by
a) fcr,b = [1.1π2E/(LLT/ry)2]{1+1/20[(LLT/ry)/(hf/tf)]2}
b) fcr,b = [1.1π2E/(LLT/ry)]{1-1/20[(LLT/ry)/(hf/tf)]}
c) fcr,b = [1.1π2E/(LLT/ry)2]{1+1/20[(LLT/ry)/(hf/tf)]2}0.5
d) fcr,b = [1.1π2E/(LLT/ry)2]{1-1/20[(LLT/ry)/(hf/tf)]2}0.5
492 A beam can be subjected to which of the following shear?
a) longitudinal shear only
b) transverse shear only
c) longitudinal or transverse shear
d) beam is not subjected to shear
493 Shear forces will govern the design of beam if
a) beam is short
b) beam is long
c) beam carry light loads
d) shear forces will never act in beam
494 Longitudinal shear occurs due to
a) light load on beam
b) bending of beam
c) twisting of beam
d) does not occur
495 The shear stress distribution of I-section varies
a) cubically with depth
b) as straight line with depth
c) as horizontally with depth
d) parabolically with depth
496 In which of the following cases shear does not govern design of beam?
a) when web thickness is large in plate girders
b) when depth of beam section is small and loaded uniformly
c) when large concentrated loads are placed near support
d) when two members are rigidly connected together with their webs lying in same plane
497 Which of the following is true regarding I-section?
a) average shear is very larger than maximum shear
b) maximum shear is very larger than average shear
c) flanges resist very small portion of shear
d) webs resist very small portion of shear
a) web in rolled section behaves like a column when not placed under concentrated loads
b) web in rolled section behaves like a column when placed under concentrated loads
c) web in rolled section does not behave like a column when placed under concentrated loads
d) web in rolled section cannot be compared with column
499 The effective depth when top flanges are restrained against lateral deflection and rotation is
a) d/3
b) d
c) 2d
d) d/2
500 The effective depth when top flanges are restrained against lateral deflection but not against rotation is
a) 2d/3
b) d
c) 2d
d) d/2
501 The effective depth when top flanges are not restrained against rotation and lateral deflection is
a) 2d/3
b) 2d
c) d
d) d/2
502 The maximum diagonal compression in plate girder simply supported occurs
a) does not occur
b) above neutral axis
c) below neutral axis
d) at neutral axis
503 Web buckling strength at support of simply supported plate girder is given by
a) Fwb =Btwfcd
b) Fwb =twfcd
c) Fwb =Btw
d) Fwb =Bfcd
504 Slenderness ratio when ends are assumed to be fixed for a plate girder is
a) 2.45 d
b) 8.5 d/t
c) 2.45 d/t
d) 8.5 t
505 What is web crippling ?
a) web is of large thickness
b) flange near portion of stress concentration tends to fold over web
c) web near portion of stress concentration tends to fold over flange
d) flange is of large thickness
a) web crippling is buckling of web caused by compressive force delivered through flange
b) web crippling is buckling of flange caused by compressive force delivered through web
c) web crippling is buckling of web caused by tensile force delivered through flange
d) web crippling is buckling of flange caused by tensile force delivered through web
507 The most critical location for failure due to web crippling is
a) flange cross section
b) middle of web
c) start of fillet
d) root of fillet
508 The angle of dispersion of load for web crippling is assumed to be
a) 2:1
b) 1:2.5
c) 4:5
d) 2:3
509 Which off the following will be a remedy to web crippling?
a) spreading load over small portion of flange
b) provide stiffeners which bear against flanges at load points
c) provide web of small thickness
d) web crippling cannot be prevented
510 Which of the following may not occur due to excessive deflection?
a) ponding problem in roofs

b) misalignment of supporting machinery
c) cracking of plaster ceilings
d) twisting of beam
511 What is ponding?
a) excessive deflection of flat roof resulting in accumulation of rainwater
b) excessive deflection of flat roof not resulting in accumulation of rainwater
c) small deflection of flat roof resulting in accumulation of rainwater
d) small deflection of flat roof not resulting in accumulation of rainwater
512 Deflection can be reduced by
a) proving less restraints
b) increasing span
c) increasing depth of beam
d) decreasing depth of beam
513 Beam deflection is not a function of
a) loading
b) span
c) length of column
d) geometry of cross section

What is the maximum vertical deflection in industrial building for purlins and girts subjected to live
514
load/wind load for elastic cladding?
a) span/150
b) span/180
c) span/250
d) span/100
What is the maximum vertical deflection in other buildings (other than industrial buildings)for floor
515
subjected to live load and elements not susceptible to cracking?
a) span/150
b) span/180
c) span/300
d) span/100
What is the maximum vertical deflection in other buildings (other than industrial buildings) for floor
516
subjected to live load and elements susceptible to cracking?
a) span/150
b) span/360
c) span/300
d) span/100
What is the maximum lateral deflection in other buildings (other than industrial buildings) subjected to
517
wind load and for brittle cladding?
a) height/300
b) height/250
c) height/100
d) height/500
What is the maximum vertical deflection for a cantilever member in other buildings (other than industrial
518
buildings) subjected to live load and elements not susceptible to cracking?
a) span/150
b) span/180
c) span/300
d) span/100
519 Which of the following are not correct regarding design of beams with openings?
a) diameter of circular opening should be restricted to 0.5D
b) for rectangular stiffened openings depth should be less than 0.7D and length less 2D
c) for rectangular unstiffened openings, depth should be less than 0.5D and length less than 1.5D
d) point load should be applied within a distance d from adjacent opening
520 Which of the following are correct regarding design of beams with openings?
a) web opening should be away from support by twice the beam depth
b) hole should be eccentrically placed in web
c) hole should not be placed within middle one third of the span
d) clear spacing between openings should be less than beam depth
521 What is castellated beam?
a) beam with no openings in web
b) beam with number of regular openings in web and flange

c) beam with number of regular openings in web
d) beam with number of regular openings in flange
522 The new rolled section of castellated beam will have depth
a) 50% more than original section
b) 50% less than original section
c) 25% less than original section
d) depth does not change
523 Castellated beams have ______ shear capacity than original beams
a) shear capacity does not change
b) twice
c) increased
d) reduced
524 What are purlins?
a) beams provided in foundation
b) beams provided above openings
c) beams provided over trusses to support roofing
d) beams provided on plinth level
525 Theoretically, purlins are generally placed at
a) only at panel points
b) only at edges
c) only at mid span
d) only at corners of roof
526 Theoretically, purlins are generally placed at
a) only at panel points
b) only at edges
c) only at mid span
d) only at corners of roof
527 If purlins are assumed to be simply supported, the moments will be

a) wl^2/10
b) wl/8
c) wl/10
d) wl^2/8
528 While erecting channel section purlins, it is desirable that they are erected over rafter with their flange
a) facing down slope
b) facing up slope
c) does not depend whether up slope or down slope
d) flanges are placed randomly
529 Sag rods are provided at
a) one-third points between roof trusses
b) end of span
c) two-third points between roof trusses
d) are never provided
530 When one sag rod is used, the moment about web axis
a) reduces by 50%
b) increases by 50%
c) increases by 75%
d) reduces by 75%
531 For which of the following slope of roof truss, angle section purlin can be used?
a) 25˚
b) 50˚
c) 75˚
d) 60˚
532 A plate girder is used when
a) span is large and loads are heavy
b) span is small and loads are heavy
c) span is small and loads are light

d) span is large and loads are light
533 Why plate girder is preferred over truss girder?
a) plate girder requires costly maintenance
b) higher vertical clearance required for plate girder than truss girder
c) cost of fabrication of plate girder is high
d) cost of fabrication of truss girder is high
534 Bending resistance of plate girders can be increased by
a) decreasing distance between flanges
b) increasing distance between flanges
c) reducing distance between flanges to half
d) bending resistance cannot be increased
535 Which of the following is economical if depth is limited and loads are too large?
a) rolled section beam
b) truss girder
c) welded box plate girder
d) bolted box plate girder
536 An ideal bolted plate girder section consists of
a) flange angles and cover plates for both compression flange and tension flange
b) flange angles and cover plates for compression flange and only flange angle for tension flange
c) only flange angle for compression flange and flange angles and cover plates for tension flange
d) flange angles for both compression flange and tension flange
537 The modes of failure of plate girder are
a) by yielding of compression flange only
b) by buckling of tension flange only
c) by yielding of tension flange and buckling of compression flange
d) by yielding of compression flange and buckling of tension flange
538 At high shear locations in the girder web, principal plane will be ______ to longitudinal axis of member
a) inclined
b) parallel
c) perpendicular
d) coincides
539 Which of the following causes web buckling in plate girder?
a) diagonal tension
b) diagonal compression
c) diagonal tension and diagonal compression
d) neither diagonal tension nor diagonal compression
540 Which of the following is correct during tension field action?
a) web can resist diagonal compression
b) horizontal component of diagonal compression is supported by flanges
c) vertical component of diagonal compression is supported by flanges
d) vertical component of diagonal compression is supported by stiffeners
541 Which of the statement is not true about intermediate stiffeners?
a) they reduce shear capacity of web
b) they improve shear capacity of web
c) they can be used to develop tension field action
d) their main purpose is to provide stiffness to the web

The depth-to-thickness ratio of web connected to flanges along one longitudinal edge only when transverse
542
stiffeners are not provided is _____ to meet serviceability criteria.
a) >180ε
b) ≥90ε
c) ≤90ε
d) >90ε
The depth-to-thickness ratio of web when only transverse stiffeners are provided and c < 0.74d, where c is
543
clear distance between stiffeners and d is depth of web is_____ to meet serviceability criteria
a) ≤ 200 εw
b) ≥ 270 εw
c) > 200 εw
d) ≤ 270 εw
544 When a plate girder bends, vertical compression in web is due to
a) downward vertical component of compression flange bending stress only
b) downward vertical component of tension flange bending stress only

c) downward vertical component of compression flange and upward vertical component of tension flange
bending stress
d) upward vertical component of compression flange and downward vertical component of tension flange
bending stress
When only transverse stiffeners are provided and d/tw < 345 εf to meet compression flange buckling
545
criteria, the range of c should be
a) c ≥ 4.5d
b) c > 3d
c) c > 1.5d
d) c < 1.5d
546 Which of the following angle should be ideally used in bolted plate girder flange?
a) bulb angle
b) equal angle
c) unequal angle with short leg horizontal
d) unequal angle with long leg horizontal
547 he thickness of flange cover plate should be ______ flange angle in bolted connections
a) less
b) more
c) twice
d) can be more or less
548 The shear capacity of web comprises of strength
a) before onset of buckling strength only
b) post buckling strength only
c) before onset of buckling strength and post buckling strength
d) compression strength
549 The nominal shear strength according to simple post-critical method is given by
a) Av
b) Avτb
c) τb
d) Av /τb
550 Which of the following conditions are true when tension field method is used?
a) it is based on pre-buckling strength
b) c/d < 1.0
c) it may not be used for webs with intermediate stiffeners
d) it may be used for webs with intermediate stiffeners

What is the expression for Ψ in the fv for nominal shear strength according to tension field method is given
551
by
a) 1.5 τb sin2φ
b) sin2φ
c) 1.5 τb
d) 1.5 τb /sin2φ
552 Which of the following is an expression for width of tension field?
a) wtf = d sinφ + (c-sc-st)cosφ
b) wtf = d cosφ + (c-sc-st)sinφ
c) wtf = d cosφ – (c+sc-st)sinφ
d) wtf = d sinφ – (c+sc-st)cosφ
553 The function of bearing stiffener is to
a) improve buckling strength of web
b) preclude any crushing of web
c) restrain against torsional effects
d) increase buckling resistance of web
554 The outstand of stiffener from face of web is restricted to
a) 20tq/ε
b) 120tqε
c) 20tqε
d) 50tqε
555 What is the stiff bearing length?

a) length which cannot deform appreciably in bending
b) length which deform appreciably in bending
c) length of outer end of flange
d) length of web
556 The effective length of web on each side of centreline of stiffeners for interior stiffeners is limited to
a) 10 tw
b) 50 tw
c) 40 tw
d) 15 tw
557 The effective length of intermediate transverse stiffener is taken as
a) 2 times the length of stiffener
b) 0.7 times the length of stiffener
c) 1.4 times the length of stiffener
d) 0.5 times the length of stiffener
558 Which of the following is not true regarding longitudinal stiffeners?
a) longitudinal stiffeners increase buckling resistance considerably as compared to transverse stiffeners
b) they consist of plane section for welded plate girder
c) first horizontal stiffener is provide at one-fifth of distance from compression flange
d) first horizontal stiffener is provide at neutral axis
559 The second moment of area of torsional stiffeners about center line of the web is given as
a) Is ≤ αssD3
b) Is ≤ 0.34αsD3Tcf
c) Is ≥ 0.34αsD3Tcf
d) Is ≥ αsD3
560 Which of the following is correct regarding gantry girders?
a) It is laterally supported except at the columns
b) It is subjected to impact load
c) It should not be analysed for unsymmetrical bending

d) It is not subjected to longitudinal load
561 Which of the following loads are not considered in the design of gantry girders?
a) longitudinal loads
b) gravity loads
c) lateral loads
d) wind loads
For gantry girders carrying electrically operated overhead travelling cranes, the lateral forces are increased
562
by ____ for impact allowance.
a) 10% of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
b) 20% of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
c) 25% of maximum static wheel load
d) 50% of maximum static wheel load

For gantry girders carrying hand operated cranes, the vertical forces are increased by____ for impact
563
allowance
a) 10% of maximum static wheel load
b) 25% of maximum static wheel load
c) 10% of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
d) 20% of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane
564 The maximum wheel load is obtained when
a) crane crab is farthest to gantry girder
b) crane crab is closest to gantry girder
c) crane crab is not attached
d) crane crab is at mid span

What is the maximum vertical deflection allowed for a gantry girder where the cranes are manually
565
operated?
a) L/500
b) L/700
c) L/600
d) L/800
566 The minimum recommended rise of trusses with Galvanised Iron sheets is
a) 1 in 12
b) 1 in 6
c) 1 in 10
d) 1 in 18
567 The economic spacing of roof truss depends on
a) cost of purlins only
b) cost of purlins and cost of roof covering
c) dead loads
d) cost of roof covering and dead loads
568 Which of the following is true for economic spacing?
a) cost of trusses should be equal to twice the cost of purlins
b) cost of trusses should be equal to twice the cost of purlins minus cost of roof coverings
c) cost of trusses should be equal to the cost of purlins plus cost of roof coverings
d) cost of trusses should be equal to twice the cost of purlins plus cost of roof coverings
569 Which of the following load combination is not considered for design of roof trusses?
a) Dead load + crane load
b) Dead load + wind load
c) Dead load + earthquake load
d) Dead load + live load + wind load
570 Live load for roof truss should not be less than
a) 0.4kN/m2
b) 0.2kN/m2
c) 0.75kN/m2
d) 0.8kN/m2
583
ZEAL EDUCATION SOCIETY’S
ZEAL COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH,
NARHE │PUNE - 41 │ INDIA
Department of Civil Engineering
Class: -T.E. (CIVIL) Subject: Structural Design I
MCQ
Unit 1
Question No. 01
Select the correct statement
(A) Material cost of a rivet is higher than that of a bolt
(B) Tensile strength of a bolt is lesser than that of a rivet
(C) Bolts are used as a temporary fastening whereas rivets are used as permanent fastenings
(D) Riveting is less noisy than bolting
Question No. 02
As compared to field rivets, the shop rivets are
(A) Stronger
(B) Weaker
(C) Equally strong
(D) Any of the above
Question No. 03
When the bolts are subjected to reversal of stresses, the most suitable type of bolt is
(A) Black bolt
(B) Ordinary unfinished bolt
(C) Turned and fitted bolt
(D) High strength bolt
Question No. 04
A fillet weld may be termed as
(A) Miter weld
(B) Concave weld
(C) Convex weld
(D) All the above
Question No. 05
Design of a riveted joint is based on the assumption:
(A) Bending stress in rivets is accounted for
(B) Riveted hole is assumed to be completely filled by the rivet
(C) Stress in the plate in not uniform
(D) Friction between plates is taken into account
Question No. 06
Pick up the correct statement from the following:
(A) The minimum pitch should not be less than 2.5 times the gross diameter of the river
(B) The minimum pitch should not be less than 12 times the gross diameter of the rivet
(C) The maximum pitch should not exceed 10 times the thickness or 150 mm whichever is less in
compression
(D) All the above
Question No. 07
The heaviest I-section for same depth is
(A) ISMB
(B) ISLB
(C) ISHB
(D) ISWB
Question No. 08
In a tension member if one or more than one rivet holes are off the line, the failure of the member
depends upon:
(A) Pitch
(B) Gauge
(C) Diameter of the rivet holes
(D) All the above
Question No. 09
The heaviest I-section for same depth is
(A) ISMB
(B) ISLB
(C) ISHB
(D) ISWB
Question No. 10
The main type of butt joints, is a double cover
(A) Shear riveted joint
(B) Chain riveted joint
(C) Zig-zag riveted joint
(D) All the above
Question No. 11
Minimum pitch of the rivets shall not be less than
(A) 1.5 d
(B) 2.0 d
(C) 2.5 d
(D) 3.0 d
Question No. 12
Bolts are most suitable to carry
(A) Shear
(B) Bending
(C) Axial tension
(D) Shear and bending
Question No. 13
The Indian standard code which deals with steel structures, is
(A) IS : 875
(B) IS : 800
(C) IS : 456
(D) IS : 1893
Question No. 14
A butt weld is specified by
(A) Effective throat thickness
(B) Plate thickness
(C) Size of weld
(D) Penetration
Question No. 15
Net sectional area of a tension member, is equal to its gross section area
(A) Plus the area of the rivet holes
(B) Divided by the area of rivet holes
(C) Multiplied by the area of the rivet holes
(D) None of these
Question No. 16
When two plates are placed end to end and are joined by two cover plates, the joint is known as
(A) Lap joint
(B) Butt joint
(C) Chain riveted lap joint
(D) Double cover butt joint
Question No. 17
Effective sectional area of a compression member is:
(A) Gross sectional area - area of rivet hole
(B) Gross sectional area + area of rivet hole
(C) Gross sectional area × area of rivet hole
(D) Gross sectional area + area of rivet hole
Question No. 18
The actual thickness of butt weld as compared to the thickness of plate is usually
(A) More
(B) Less
(C) Equal
(D) None of the above
Question No. 19
Bending compressive and tensile stresses respectively are calculated based on
(A) net area and gross area
(B) gross area and net area
(C) net area in both cases
(D) gross area in both cases
Question No. 20
Diameter of a bolt hole is usually taken as
(A) gross diameter of bolt
(B) nominal diameter + 1.5 mm
(C) nominal diameter + 2.0 mm
(D) nominal diameter of bolt
Question No. 21
The actual thickness of butt weld as compared to the thickness of plate is usually
(A) more
(B) less
(C) equal
(D) none of the above
Question No. 22
Which of the following types of riveted joint is free from bending
stresses ?
(A. lap joint
(B. butt joint with single cover plate
(C. butt joint with double cover plates
(D. none of the above
Question No. 23
Which of the following are correct regarding butt joints over lap
joints?
(A) Lap joints eliminates eccentricity whereas butt joints develops
Eccentricity
(B) Butt joints minimizes the size of connection
(C) Lap joints are aesthetically pleasing over butt joints
(D) Butt joint obtained from full penetration groove weld has 50%
efficiency
Question No. 24
The minimum size of fillet weld should _______
(A) not be less than 3mm
(B) be less than 3mm
(C) be less than 2mm
(D) greater than thickness of thinner part joined
Question No. 25
1. The design nominal strength of fillet weld is given by
____________
(A) fu
(B) √3 fu
(C) fu/√3
(D) fu/(1.25 x √3)
Question No. 26
What is the yield strength of bolt of class 4.6?
(A) 400 N/mm2
(B) 240 N/mm2
(C) 250 N/mm2
(D) 500 N/mm2
Question No. 27
What is the difference between end and edge distance?
(A) Edge distance is measured parallel to direction of stress, while
end distance is measured perpendicular to direction of stress
(B) Edge distance is measured parallel to direction of stress, while
end distance is measured parallel to direction of stress
(C) Edge distance is measured perpendicular to direction of stress,
while end distance is measured perpendicular to direction of stress
(D) Edge distance is measured perpendicular to direction of stress,
while end distance is measured parallel to direction of stress
Question No. 28
Calculate strength in shear of 16mm diameter of bolt of grade 4.6
for lap joint
(A) 50 kN
(B) 40 kN
(C) 29 kN
(D) 59 kN
Question No. 29
What is the value of kb in nominal bearing strength for a bolt of
20mm diameter of grade 4.6?
(A) 0.5
(B) 1
(C) 0.97
(D) 2
Question No. 30
Strength of bolt is
(A) minimum of shear strength and bearing capacity of bolt
(B) maximum of shear strength and bearing capacity of bolt
(C) shear strength of bolt
(D) bearing capacity of bolt
Question No. 31
Limit State Method is based on _____________
(A) calculations on service load conditions alone
(B) calculations on ultimate load conditions alone
(C) calculations at working loads and ultimate loads
(D) calculations on earthquake loads
Question No. 32
What is limit state?
(A) Acceptable limits for safety and serviceability requirements
before failure occurs
(B) Acceptable limits for safety and serviceability requirements after
failure occurs
(C) Acceptable limits for safety after failure occurs
(D) Acceptable limits for serviceability after failure occurs
Question No. 33
12. The partial factor of safety for resistance governed by ultimate
strength is :
(A) 1.10
(B) 1.5
(C) 2.0
(D) 1.25
Question No. 34
The possibility of block shear failure increases by
(A) larger connection length
(B) increasing the number of bolts per connection
(C) with use of low strength bolts
(D) with use of high bearing strength material
Question No. 35
True stress strain curve is also known as
(A) flow curve
(B) un-flow curve
(C) elastic curve
(D) parabolic curve
Question No. 36
8. Which of the following relation is correct?
(A) Net area = Gross area x deductions
(B) Net area = Gross area + deductions
(C) Net area = Gross area – deductions
(D) Net area = Gross area / deductions
Question No. 37
10. The block shear strength at an end connection for shear yield
and tension fracture is given by :
(A) (Avgfy/√3 γm0)+(0.9Atnfu/γm1)
(B) (Atgfy/√3 γm0)+(0.9Avnfu/γm1)
(C) (0.9Atgfy/√3 γm0)+( Avnfu/γm1)
(D) (0.9Avgfy/√3 γm0)+(Atnfu/γm1)
Question No. 38
The design tensile strength of tensile member is
(A) minimum of strength due to gross yielding, net section rupture,
block shear
(B) maximum of strength due to gross yielding, net section rupture,
block shear
(C) strength due to gross yielding
(D) strength due to block shear
Question No. 39
The block shear strength of connection is ________
(A) block shear strength at an end connection for shear fracture and
Tension yield
(B) block shear strength at an end connection for shear yield and
tension fracture
(C) larger of block shear strength at an end connection for (shear
fracture, tension yield) and (shear yield, tension fracture)
(D) smaller of block shear strength at an end connection for (shear
fracture, tension yield) and (shear yield, tension fracture)
Question No. 40
What is the yield point for high strength steel?
(A) 0.5% of offset load
(B) 0.2% of offset load
(C) 0.1% of offset load
(D) 1.5% of offset load
ZEAL EDUCATION SOCIETY’S
ZEAL COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH,
NARHE │PUNE - 41 │ INDIA
Department of Civil Engineering
Class: -T.E. (CIVIL) Subject: Structural Design I
MCQ
Unit 2
Question No. 1
A column that can support same load in compression as it can in tension is called
a) intermediate column
b) long column
c) short column
d) cannot be determined
Question No. 2
The strength of compression members subjected to axial compression is defined by curves
corresponding to _______ classes
a) a, b, c and d
b) a, d
c) b, e, f
d) e, f, g
Question No. 3
Which of the following is not a compression member?
a) strut
b) boom
c) tie
d) rafter
Question No. 4
The best compression member section generally used is
a) single angle section
b) I-section
c) double angle section
d) channel section
Question No. 5
The best double-angle compression member section is
a) unequal angles with short leg connected
b) unequal angles with long leg connected
c) unequal angles on opposite side of gusset plate
d) unequal angles on same side of gusset plate
Question No. 6
The flange is classified as compact if outstand element of compression flange of rolled section is
less than
a) 8.4ε
b) 10.5ε
c) 15.7ε
d) 9.4ε
Question No. 7
The flange is classified as plastic if outstand element of compression flange of rolled section is
less than
a) 8.4ε
b) 9.4ε
c) 10.5ε
d) 15.7ε
Question No. 8
The outstand element of compression flange of a rolled section is 10.2 (ε=1). The flange will be
classified as
a) compact
b) plastic
c) semi-compact
d) slender
Question No. 9
The design compressive stress of compression member in IS 800 is given by
a) Rankine Formula
b) Euler Formula
Question No. 10
The design compressive strength of member is given by
a) Aefcd
b) Ae /fcd
c) fcd
d) 0.5Aefcd
Question No. 11
The design compressive stress, fcd of column is given by
a) [fy / γm0]/ [φ – (φ2-λ2)2].
b) [fy / γm0] / [φ + (φ2-λ2)].
c) [fy / γm0]/[φ – (φ2-λ2)0.5].
d) [fy / γm0] / [φ + (φ2-λ2)0.5].
Question No. 12
What is the value of imperfection factor for buckling class a?
a) 0.34
b) 0.75
c) 0.21
d) 0.5
Question No. 13
If imperfection factor α = 0.49, then what is the buckling class?
a) a
b) c
c) b
d) g
Question No. 14
The value of φ in the equation of design compressive strength is given by
a) φ = 0.5[1-α(λ-0.2)+λ2].
b) φ = 0.5[1-α(λ-0.2)-+λ2].
c) φ = 0.5[1+α(λ+0.2)-λ2].
d) φ = 0.5[1+α(λ-0.2)+λ2].
Question No. 15
Euler buckling stress fcc is given by
a) (π2E)/(KL/r)2
b) (π2E KL/r)2
c) (π2E)/(KL/r)
d) (π2E)/(KLr)2
Question No. 16
What is the value of non-dimensional slenderness ratio λ in the equation of design compressive
strength?
a) (fy /fcc)
b) √ (fy fcc)
c) √ (fy /fcc)
d) (fy fcc)
Question No. 17
The design compressive strength in terms of stress reduction factor is given by
a) Xfy
b) Xfy / γm0
c) X /fy γm0
d) Xfy γm0
Question No. 18
The value of design compressive strength is limited to
a) fy + γm0
b) fy
c) fy γm0
d) fy / γm0
Question No. 19
The compressive strength for ISMB 400 used as a column for length 5m with both ends hinged is
a) 275 kN
b) 375.4 kN
c) 453 kN
d) 382 kN
Question No. 20
The design compressive stress of compression member in IS 800 is given by
a) Rankine Formula
b) Euler Formula
Question No. 21
What is compression member?
a) structural member subjected to tensile force
b) structural member subjected to compressive force
c) structural member subjected to bending moment
d) structural member subjected to torsion
Question No. 22
Which of the following is true about axially loaded column?
b) member subjected to axial force and bending moment
c) net end moments are not zero
Question No. 23
Which of the following is true about beam column?
b) member subjected to axial force only
c) member subjected to axial force and bending moment
Question No. 24
What are columns?
a) vertical compression members in a building supporting floors or girders
b) vertical tension members in a building supporting floors or girders
c) horizontal compression members in a building supporting floors or girders
d) horizontal tension members in a building supporting floors or girders
Question No. 25
Which of the following are true about roof trusses?
a) principal rafter are compression members used in buildings
b) principal rafter is bottom chord member of roof truss
c) struts are compression members used in roof trusses
d) struts are tension members used in roof trusses
Question No. 26
For very short compression member
a) failure stress will be greater than yield stress
b) failure stress will be less than yield stress
c) failure stress will equal yield stress
d) failure stress will be twice the yield stress
Question No. 27
The length of member should be _________ for a short column
a) L ≤ 88.5r
b) L ≥ 88.5r
c) L ≥ 125r
d) L > 150r
Question No. 28
Long compression members will ______
a) not buckle
b) buckle inelastically
c) buckle plastically
d) buckle elastically
Question No. 29
Which of the following is true about intermediate length compression members?
a) members will fail by yielding only
b) members will fail by both yielding and buckling
c) their behavior is elastic
d) all fibers of the members will be elastic during failure
Question No. 30
What is squash load?
a) load at which member will not deform axially
b) load at which member deforms laterally
c) load at which member deforms axially
d) load at which member will not deform axially
Question No. 31
Effective length of compression member is ________
a) distance between ends of members
b) distance between end point and midpoint of member
c) distance between points of contraflexure
d) distance between end point and centroid of member
Question No. 32
Magnitude of effective length depends upon
Question No. 33
Which of the following is true?
a) greater the effective length, greater the load carrying capacity
b) smaller the effective length, smaller the load carrying capacity
c) smaller the effective length, more the danger of lateral buckling
d) smaller the effective length, smaller the danger of lateral buckling
Question No. 34
What is the effective length when both ends of compression member are fixed?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
Question No. 35
What is the effective length when both ends of compression member are hinged?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
Question No. 36
What is the effective length when one end of compression member is fixed and another end is
free?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
Question No. 37
What is the effective length when one end of compression member is fixed and another end is
hinged?
a) 0.65L
b) 0.8L
c) L
d) 2L
Question No. 38
What is slenderness ratio of compression member?
a) ratio of effective length to radius of gyration
b) ratio of radius of gyration to effective length
c) difference of radius of gyration and effective length
d) product of radius of gyration and effective length
Question No. 39
Maximum radius of gyration (minimum slenderness ratio) can be obtained by
a) by increasing load
b) by spreading material of section towards its axis
c) by spreading material of section away from its axis
d) by spreading material of section at its axis
Question No. 40
Which of the following is the attribute of ideal column according to Euler?
a) material is non homogenous
b) material is isotropic
c) load does not act along centroidal axis
d) column ends are fixed
Question No. 41
Euler critical load for column with both the ends hinged is given by
a) Pcr = 2π2EI/L2
b) Pcr= π2EIL2
c) Pcr = 2π2EIL2
d) Pcr = π2EI/L2
Question No. 42
a) increasing member length causes reduction in stiffness
b) decreasing member length causes reduction in stiffness
c) member with high stiffness will buckle early than that with low stiffness
d) stiffness of member is not influenced by amount and distribution of material in cross section
of column
Question No. 43
Euler critical load for column with both the ends fixed is given by
a) Pcr = 2π2EI/L2
b) Pcr = π2EIL2
c) Pcr = 4π2EI/L2
d) Pcr= π2EI/L2
Question No. 44
What is the relation between critical stress and slenderness ratio?
a) critical stress is directly proportional to slenderness ratio
b) critical stress is inversely proportional to slenderness ratio
c) critical stress is square of slenderness ratio
d) critical stress is cube of slenderness ratio
Question No. 45
Why is built up section used?
a) to sustain seismic loads only
b) for aesthetic appearance
c) used when rolled section do not furnish required sectional area
d) for resisting bending moment
Question No. 46
The shear in column may not be due to
a) material used in column
b) lateral loads from wind
c) lateral loads from earthquake
d) end eccentricity of load
Question No. 47
Which of the following is not true?
a) function of lacing and battens is to hold main component members
b) tie plates are provided at top and bottom of column
c) lacing bars and batten plates are not designed as load carrying elements
d) lacing bars and batten plates are designed as load carrying elements
Question No. 48
a) built up column lacings or battens are uneconomical if load carrying members permit greater
reduction in weight than what is added by lacing or batten
b) built up column lacings or battens are economical if load carrying members permit
greater reduction in weight than what is added by lacing or batten
c) no related shear stress force in plane of cross section
d) built up column designed as axially loaded column can never be eccentrically loaded
Question No. 49
Which of the following condition is not considered in design of built-up column?
a) buckling of column as whole
b) failure of lattice member
c) material to be used for fabrication
d) buckling of component column
Question No. 50
The buckling strength of latticed column is ___________ that of solid column having arm area
and same slenderness ratio
a) smaller than
b) greater than
c) equal to

Final Merge Sd1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Final Merge Sd1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Seat No -

Total number of questions : 60

2) Attempt any 50 questions out of 60.

3) Use of calculator is allowed.

4) Each question carries 1 Mark.

5) Specially abled students are allowed 20 minutes extra for examination.

6) Do not use pencils to darken answer.

8) No change will be allowed once the answer is marked on OMR Sheet.

9) Rough work shall not be done on OMR sheet or on question paper.

10) Darken ONLY ONE CIRCLE for each answer.

Q.no 1. Internal Pressure coeﬃcient for large pearmeability

Q.no 3. The web is susceptible to shear buckling when d/tw

B : Less than 2×67ε

C : More than 67ε

D : <Less than 70ε

Q.no 4. Splices are provided when

A : available length is more than required length of a tension member

B : available length is less than required length of a tension member

C : available length is equal to required length of a tension member

D : for aesthetic appearance

Q.no 5. for gantry girders carrying electrically operated overhead travelling

A : 10 percent of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane

B : 5 percent of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane

C : 25 percent of maximum static wheel load

D : 10 percent of maximum static wheel load

Q.no 7. For gantry girders carrying electrically operated overhead travelling

A : 10 % of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane

B : 20 % of weight of crab and weight lifted on the crane

C : 25 % of maximum static wheel load

D : 50 % of maximum static wheel load

Q.no 9. What are laterally restrained beams

A : adequate restraints are provided to beam

B : adequate restraints are not provided to beam

C : economically not viable

B : 1/350 of the span

C : 1/375 of the span

D : 1/400 of the span

A : Unstiffened seated connection

B : Stiffened seated connection

D : None of the above

Q.no 12. What is the permissible stress of steel in bending compression in

Q.no 14. In case of staggered pitch, pitch may be increased by

A : at least 0.3 times the member design capacity in tension

B : at least 0.1 times the member design capacity in tension

C : less than 0.3 times the member design capacity in tension

D : less than 0.15 times the member design capacity in tension

Q.no 18. the modes of failure of plate girder are

A : by yielding of compression ﬂange only

B : by buckling of tension ﬂange

C : by yielding of tension ﬂange and buckling of compression ﬂange

D : by yielding of compression ﬂange and buckling of tension ﬂange

Q.no 19. Internal Pressure coeﬃcient for zero pearmeability

B : plastic section modulus

Q.no 24. For eccentrically loaded columns, the bending factor is

A : Cross-sectional area of column/Radius of gyration

B : Radius of gyration/Cross-sectional area of column

C : Cross-sectional area of column/Section modulus of the section

D : Section modulus of the section/Cross-sectional area of column

A : Mdv = Md – β(Md – Mfd)

B : Mdv = Md + β(Md – Mfd)

C : Mdv = Md – β(Md + Mfd)

D : Mdv = Md + β(Md + Mfd)

Q.no 26. The possibility of block shear failure increases by

A : larger connection length